Home

VDSL IPDSLAM - PLANET Technology Corporation.

1. 301 13 7 3 anti arp spoofing 301 13 7 4 _arp dhcp snooping nennen 302 BDORIBG ag 302 13 7 6 default prio lt gt 302 13 7 7 default lt gt 302 13 7 8 dhcp pppoe config cid rid trusted pppoeMode 303 13 7 9 dhcp static ip index create ip lt gt 303 13 7 10 dhcp static ip index 303 13 7 11 egress tag untag e orte eterne oe 304 13 7 12 igmpaclprofile lt index gt 304 13 7 13 ingress disable 24 4 4 2211 304 13 7 14 1S0latiQE ttu ta ei eo T id 304 13 7 15 link mode uplink User xoci roo isl edi ane de rta Ee eene 305 13 16 miac learning u u o er e HR e eati 305 Ure FAI erre 305 13 7 18 su u E Mn 305 13 7 19 protocol vlari Conf 3 ter i T e de a leeds 306 13 7 20 ratelimit indexed rr Ie ie ire 306 13 7 21 vlan lt vlanid gt 306
2. CREATED 611 ea XDSL Line Alarm Configuration Profile Deleted 612 eee SURE XDSL Line Alarm Configuration Profile Changed 613 2 70 00 XDSL Port Profile Transfer Failed 614 ALMEVENT XDSL LOOPBACK SET DSL Loopback Set 615 ALMEVENT XDSL DELT SET XDSL DELT Set 616 XDSL DELT DONE XDSL DELT Done 651 XDSL PERF NE ES XDSL PERF NE ES 652 XDSL PERF NE SES XDSL PERF SES 653 XDSL PERF NE UAS XDSL PERF NE UAS 654 XDSL PERF FE ES XDSL PERF FE ES 655 XDSL PERF FE SES XDSL PERF FE SES 656 XDSL PERF FE UAS XDSL PERF FE UAS 657 XDSL PERF DAY ES XDSL PERF NE DAY ES 658 XDSL PERF DAY SES XDSL PERF NE DAY SES 659 XDSL PERF NE DAY UAS XDSL PERF DAY UAS 660 XDSL PERF FE DAY ES XDSL PERF FE DAY ES 661 XDSL PERF FE DAY SES XDSL PERF FE DAY SES 662 XDSL PERF FE DAY UAS XDSL PERF FE DAY UAS 663 XDSL DOWN SNR MGN XDSL DOWN SNR 664 XDSL DOWN MIN SNR XDSL DOWN MIN SNR 665 XDSL UP MAX SNR XDSL UP MAX SNR MGN 666 XDSL UP MIN SNR XDSL UP MIN SNR MGN 667 XDSL INIT FAILURE TRAP XDSL INIT FAILURE TRAP 181 CLI Command Reference 12 Operator Interface 12 1 Introduction 12 2 Connect Interface 12 3 Authorization Level 12 4 Screen Description 12 5 Execution Modes 12 6 Getting Help 12 7 Terminal Key Function 12 8 Notation Conventions 182 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 12 1 Introduction Access to the Operati
3. 237 13 3 92 igmp acl index max channel lt gt 237 13 3 93 igmp acl index max msgs numbers 237 13 39 94 19 mp deraulo u uu u etate todo tse poro yaqa 238 13 9 95 IGMP lea Ve cette 238 13 9 96 S te ahaa do 238 13 93 97 Igmp TtpOTrt 1i fabless ca ee op pde Rae bd kisa 238 15 93 99 19 DID SNOOP NO iso ron da teta I Rc teta 239 13 3 99 igmp timeout DC lt numMber gt es tices ect e eee tr eec e patte 239 13 3 100 igmp timeout Imat lt gt 239 13 3 101 igmp timeout mrt number 239 13 3 102 igmp timeout query lt gt 239 13 3 103 igmp timeout uri MUM DEI aser tole qoe tado ptr eet tech 240 13 3 TOA OID Versioni u us et uter a RES Seg ea dee area Put ie 240 13 3 105 interface gigabit portNo 2 1 1 240 13 3 106 interface gigabit laii eb rete tide eet 240 13 3 107 interface 6 240 13 3 108 interface xdsl portNo 241
4. Table 0 11 Bridge VLAN Policer Select Label Description Creation Area Index This field shows the index of next created entry Physical Port Click on the drop down list and select a bridge port VID Type in the VLAN ID 1 4094 Egress Click on the drop down list and select the policer profile index for egress direction Click on the drop down list and select the policer profile index Ingress ad 9 for ingress direction Create Click on this button to create a new row Current Policer Configuration Index This field shows the index of entry in the table This field shows the physical port number and PVC number for ADSL mode VID This field shows the VLAN ID Egress Configured This field shows current policer profile configured for the Ingress Configured egress ingress direction Physical Port Egress changed to Click on the drop down list and select the new policer profile Ingress changed to index for egress ingress direction 52 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Select to modify delete Select this checkbox before you click on Modify or Delete otherwise the action won t take effect Delete Click on this button to delete a row Modify Click on this button to modify a row 53 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 8 Bridge Port Broadcast Policer Select This option allows you to modify the policer pro
5. Operators can only modify the local configuration By default the DSLAM is not in a cluster The field Cluster Protocol shows Disabled Before you group a Master and a Slave IPDSLAM some parameters need to be well configured 1 Cluster domain name The group name for a cluster Must be the same on Master and Slave 2 Cluster IP address IP address to be used for remote management when Master and Slave are grouped together 3 NE cluster name A name to identify Master or Slave 4 Set private IP address on in band port for both Master and Slave IPDSLAM The private IP is used for communication between Master and Slave The management center actually uses Cluster IP address for remote management 174 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 Master and Slave need to be configured with same management VLAN 6 The default gateway should be configured to the router that is aware how to route management traffic to Management Center of the management network The setting of Cluster default gateway should be the same between Master and Slave Table 0 1 Cluster Setup Label Description Management Type in the cluster IP address Users can connect to and manage the IP address cluster via the cluster IP address through in band connection Management Ketmask Type in the cluster s subnet mask Management Gateway Type in the cluster s gateway IP address Click on the drop down list and s
6. 200 13 2 46 show interface gigabit lt portNo gt vlan 200 13 2 47 show interface gigabit bridge 200 13 2 48 show interface gigabit 1 4 44 41 0 44 1 11 1 00400 6 200 13 2 49 show interface gigabit la bridge 201 13 2 50 show interface gigabit la 201 13 2 51 show interface 201 13 2 52 show interface gigabit la 201 13 2 53 show interface gigabit eei ee i 201 13 2 54 show interface gigabit vlan eer dones 201 13 2 55 show interface eene 201 13 2 56 show interface xdsl portNo bridge 202 13 2 57 show interface xdsl lt portNo gt counter 2 2 4 447 202 13 2 58 show interface xdsl portNo VC essen 202 13 2 59 show interface xdsl portNo vlan 202 13 2 60 show interface xdsl bridge 2222 2 2 7 27 24 1 4446 6 203 13 2 61 show interface xdsl counter 203 13 2 62 show interface xdsl line 203 13 2 63 show interface
7. Physical Port Validity Lof Los Loss Lprs ESs SESs UASs z Fixed Octets Bad biks Fixed Octets Bad biks MonSecs Fast Fast Slow Slow Port 1 Valid o o o NA o o o 0 lo 0 0 796 Port 2 invalid 000 o o 0 0 lo 0 0 0 0 Pots mvaid o o Na fo o o lo 0 o 0 0 0 Port4 invalid o o o 0 o 0 Jo 0 0 0 0 Port5 Invalido o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port6 invalid o o o 0 0 o Jo 0 0 0 0 Port7 invalid o o o 0 0 0 0 Jo 0 0 0 0 Por8 Invalido o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port9 invalid 0 o o 0 0 0 lo 0 0 0 Potio ivaid o 0 o o o o 0 lo 0 0 0 o Table 0 5 VDSL Interval PM Statistics Label Description Physical Port This field shows the physical port number 1 24 Validity This field shows the validity of the PM data Valid Invalid LOF Loss of Frame Count LOS Loss of Signal Failure Count LOSS Loss Of Signal seconds LOPRS Loss Of Power seconds only for VTUR ESS Errored Seconds SESS Severely Errored Seconds UAS Unavailable Seconds Inits Modem Failed Initialization events only for VTUC Fixed Octets Fast Count of corrected octets for fast channel Bad blks Fast Count of uncorrectable blocks for fast channel Fixed Octes Slow Count of corrected octets for slow channel Bad blks Slow Count of uncorrectable blocks for slow channel MonSecs This field shows the time in seconds that has elapsed since the PM statistics c
8. 313 13 9 6 egress Cag UMAJ Sache 313 13 9 7 ingress disable enable 313 132956 ISO aller aa u u erede ie e eene Eee tbe ANT 313 13 9 9 MAKE MOUS uplink 56 eise recon iura tira tte brace dus 314 13 9 10 stpport edge disable enable e es 314 13 9 11 stpport pathcost lt gt 314 13 9 12 stpport priority lt gt tenne enn 314 13 9 13 vlan lt vlanid gt 315 Eod aseo ue u ua cap 315 13 9 15 vlan regen incoming lt gt 315 13 9 16 vlan regen incoming 2 316 13 9 17 vpmt pass eco S 316 13 9 18 vpmt priority uk u nens 316 13 10 Gigabit LA Interface Config Mode 317 13 10 bridge rrt ett utero E 317 13 10 2 317 13 11 Gigabit LA Bridge Config Mode 318 acctal I T 318 13
9. 228 13 3 52 default profile alarm essen 228 13 3 53 default protocol vlan 228 13 3 54 default rmon alarm sss 228 13 3 55 default rmon alli rr e rl eee euge 229 13 3 56 default rmon 229 13 3 57 default rmon history dade ba v 229 13 3 58 default rmon statistic essen 229 13 3 59 derault snmp all sate elena awe Ro ARR RR 229 VII VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 60 default snmp community 229 13 3 61 default snmp notify mm 229 13 3 62 default snmp target cede inne 230 13 3 63 derault Sntp x an unai 230 13 3 04 default Stp uu u cii ee LE ERES RENS RAN RR RAM RT 230 19 35 55 derault SyslOQ dude tees S 230 13 3 66 default system config bote petit 230 13 9 67 default priis too eto totes 230 13 3 68 default temperature esses nennen 230 13 3 69 default trafdesc sse eene 231 13 3 70 default 231 13 3 71 default xdsl line info essen 231 13 3 72 default xdsl vdsl config i eee me eheu Po
10. Type in the new CVLAN priority only for 1 1 Stacking Pw Replaced translation mode 72 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 5 6 Protocol Base VLAN This option allows you to configure the protocol based VLAN table From the Bridge menu click on VLAN Configuration and then Protocol Base VLAN The following page is displayed Protocol Base Vlan Configuration Previous Command Result Success Area for creating a new Protocol Base Vlan Create Index ProtocolBaseVlanid VlanEthType B PPPoE Discovery Stage w lox 8863 Protocol Base Vlan Query Query Table Query Page Number raze v Dele Index ProtocolBaseVlanid VlanEthType Select to delete PPPoE Discovery Stage ox 8863 Select p E Internet Protocol ox 800 Select To create a new entry type in the VLAN ID and select the EtherType protocol and then click on Create If you select Other for EtherType type the EtherType value in the rightmost field To delete an entry in the table be sure to select the Select to delete checkbox and then click Delete 73 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 6 Spanning Tree Spanning Tree Protocol STP can detect and eliminate network loops and provide backup links between bridges or switches It allows a device to interact with other STP aware devices to ensure that only one path exists between any two stations on the network BPDU STP aware dev
11. 223 13 3 15 default access list 223 13 3 16 default access list ipprotocol 223 13 3 17 default access list iwpolicer eese 223 13 3 18 default access list 4 223 13 3 19 default access list l4dstport esse 223 13 3 20 default access list mcfldrate 224 13 3 21 default access list netbios 224 13 3 22 default access list srcip essen 224 13 3 23 default access list sremac esse 224 13 3 24 default access list dstmac sse 224 13 3 25 default access list 224 13 3 26 default account HN nens 224 13 93 27 default brin b 225 13 23 28 STAM IE All ace roe od eu date Rt hie ARR 225 13 3 29 default bridge port c eee er erret e e renta 225 1953290 6 xo U aa inte M 225 13 3 31 default cluster interface 225 13 3 32 detault cluster 225 13 3 33 default dhcp pppoe global nenn 225 13 3 34 default fdbstatic 2
12. EET 261 13 3 17 8 262 13 3 179 system conflg cas oy sayas sa 262 13 3 180 system info contact erento seh hti eR eh setae DR ERU CL M Elan de 264 13 3 181 system Into location re eere 264 13 9 192 5ySterri IfO uu emat tbe tecto in mittels 264 13 3 183 temperature shift down lt gt 265 13 3 184 temperature shift up time essen 265 13 3 185 temperature threshold down lt threshold gt 265 13 3 186 temperature threshold fan threshold 265 13 3 187 temperature threshold up lt gt 266 1373 188 time sel 266 13 3 189 time set timezone 267 13 3 190 268 ii eec 268 XDSL Interface Config Mode Commands seen 270 13 4 1 bridge bpOortes eor ee HE Rode deut do 270 13 4 2 bridge lt bport gt disable ite nieto ene etit 270 13 4 3 line port description string essen 270 13 44 li e port
13. Interface Al gt Query _ Physical Port AddedVIDs DeleteVID Select to Delete Modify Delete Modify Delete Modify Port 3 PVC 100 Delete Modify Port 1 PacketMode 101 1 20 21 100 200 Delete Modify 57 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Listed By Member Set In the Query Table area select List By Member Set and type VID in Query VID Index field then click on Query button All the bridge ports within this VLAN will be listed If you want to delete a bridge port from the VLAN member set just select the Select to Delete Modify checkbox of that port and then click on Delete button To modify the parameter values of a bridge port also remember to select the Select to Delete Modify checkbox Note that if the VID is the default VLAN ID of the bridge ports you cannot delete or modify the entries in the table Query Table Query Page Number 1 Query VID Index 00 uist gy Member Set w c Physical Port Tagged Isolated Select to pend Delete Modify PVCI i00 Same x Fase No Delete Modify oet PadeiMode 0 Tagged jv Same False 9 Delete Modify 58 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 5 3 VLAN Priority Remark This option allows you to configure the VLAN priority mapping From the Bridge menu click on VLAN Configuration and then VLAN Priority Remark
14. System Description IPDSLAM 24 port VDSL2 DC 20 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 3 NT Trunk Setup This option allows you to configure the Gigabit Ethernet interface The in band IP address gateway address and MAC address of the DSLAM is also displayed in this page From the System menu click on NT Trunk Setup The following page is displayed NT Trunk Setup Previous Command Result Normal Address Management GBE In Band MGMT Out Band Address 192 16 172 16 7 84 Subnet Mask 255 55 25 0 IP Address Subnet Mask 55 25 25 0 MAC 00 0 92 F8 Gateway 12 16 7 18 Inband VID 0 Priority 0 iIGigabit Ethern et Speed Configuration Config Status Determine First GBE1 Negotiate Fiber first GBE2 Negotiate Down Fiber first HTTP Port MGMT Speed Down Remote ADDR System Name 80 AutoHegotiate 192 168 8 224 Name Table 0 1 NT Trunk Setup Label Description Address Management IP Address Type in the in band IP address of the DSLAM GBE In Band Subnet Mask Type in the in band subnet mask of the DSLAM MAC This field shows the MAC address of the DSLAM IP Address Type in the out band IP address of the DSLAM MGMT O
15. Actor ID Partner Oper ID A 6 octet MAC address value that defines the value of the System ID for the System that contains this Aggregation Port The current operational value of the Key for the Aggregation Port aod Oper AH This is a value between 0000 FFFF The meaning of particular artner Oper Key Key values is of local significance Actor Oper Port The current value of the port priority for the protocol Actor Priority Partner Partner Value range is 0 65535 Oper Port Priority Actor Oper State The operational state of Actor Partner For more information ctor V Berotated refer to the description for Actor Admin State Partner Admin Partner Oper State State Aggregate Or Shows current state is aggregate link or individual Individual 47 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 5 Rate Limit Policer Profile This option allows you to configure the rate limit policer profile From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then Rate Limit Policer Profile The following page is displayed Rate Limit Policer Previous Command Result Normal Query Profile Selection DEFVAL Current Configuration and Modification Area Profile Contents Profile Index Profile Mode CIR CBS Color Aware Conf Color Field 1000000000 bps 90 ms olor I EIR EBS Green Val Yellow Val Red Val 1000000000 90 7 V
16. 323 13 12 6 dstip index 323 13 12 7 dstmac index deny bport lt gt 324 13 12 8 dstmac index tenn eena 324 13 12 9 ipallow index create essen 324 13 12 10 ipallow index delete tennene 325 13 12 11 Ipprotocol RI EE RI ERR nn E RARE 325 13 12 12 ipprotocol index 326 13 12 13 iwpolicer index 326 13 12 14 iwpolicer index delete 327 XIII VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 12 15 l4dstport index deny bport port 327 13 12 16 l4dstport index 328 13 12 17 l4srcport index deny bport port 328 13 12 18 l4srcport index disable eenn 329 13 12 19 mcfldrate vlanid cir lt gt 329 13 12 20 mcfldrate lt vlanid gt 329 13 12 21 nietDIoS lt bpori gt CSNY aea bots rite tabaco duties boxe e tetas 329 13 12 22 netbios lt bport gt disable 330 13 12 23 srcip
17. 250 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 140 rmon history lt index gt owner lt owner gt Description Set RMON history owner Syntax rmon history index owner owner Parameter Name Description index RMON history control entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory owner RMON history owner Valid values 0 127 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 141 rmon statistic index delete Description Delete a RMON statistic entry Syntax rmon statistic index delete Parameter Description index RMON statistic entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 3 142 rmon statistic index ifc lt ifc gt Description Set RMON statistic physical interface Syntax rmon statistic index ifc ifc Parameter Name Description index RMON statistic entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory ifc Physical interface index Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 13 3 143 rmon statistic index owner owner Description Set RMON statistic owner Syntax rmon statistic index owner owner Parameter Name Description index RMON statistic entry index 251 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory owner Owner Name Valid values 0 127 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 144 route add network netmask lt netmask gt gateway gateway Description Add an in band route Syntax route add network netmask lt netmask gt gateway gatew
18. Current Alarm Type in the range of rows and then click on the Query button Current Alarm Alarm Event Select Cunen Alam v Row APA o 10 Query 495 Row ID Description Level State Humber Time 1 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE2 MH Set 4 2007 08 21 07 17 09 2 105 MH Set 1 2007 08 21 06 17 56 Table 0 1 Current Alarm Table Label Description Row This field shows the row number 1 655396 ID This field shows the alarm ID Description This field shows the description for the alarm Level This ned shows the alarin level Valid values are MJ major alarm MN minor alarm State This field shows the alarm state Set or Clear Sequential Number The order number of the current alarm occurred Time Alarm occurring date and time ACO Click on this button to cut off alarm 150 VDSL2 IP DSLAM History Alarm Type in the range of rows and then click on the Query button History Alarm AlarmiEvent Select History Alam z pow form I ro 10 Query Row 10 Description Level State Sequential Hurnber Time 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE1 MN Clear 16 2007 08 21 10 34 49 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE1 MN Set 15 2007 08 21 10 34 45 604 XDSL Loss Of Link XDSL PHY 1 MN Clear 14 2007 08 21 10 25 37 602 XDSL Loss Of Signal XDSL PHY 1 MN Clear 13 2007 08 21 10 25 37 604 XDSL Loss Of Link XD
19. Next 3 Data Source GBEI Owner RMON3 Requested 6 Interval 1800 NEW Modify Delete Query Index TE Data Source GBEI GBEI Owner RMON1 RMON2 Requested 10 3 Granted 10 3 Interval 1 1 Table 0 2 RMON History Control Table Label Description Data Source Data source identifies the source of the data for which historical data was collected and placed in a table on behalf of this HistoryControl entry Here the source is GBE1 interface or GBE2 interface Owner An owner is the entity that configured this entry and is therefore using the resources assigned to it Requested Requested value is the requested number of intervals over which data is to be saved in the part of the media specific table associated with this HistoryControl entry Interval The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled for each bucket in the part of the media specific table associated with this HistoryControl entry The value range is 1 to 3600 sec 162 VDSL2 IP DSLAM ETH History This option is for displaying Ethernet interface RMON history data Before a history table is available you have to create a History Control entry in advance see previous section To query the History table click on the History Index drop down list and select a history table and then click on Query Remote Monitoring ETH History Previous Command Result Success S
20. esses 280 13 5 17 lineconfprofile minprot eese 280 13 5 18 lineconfprofile ohmrate 281 13 5 19 lineconfprofile opmode 281 13 5 20 lineconfprofile PDO 281 13 5 21 lineconfprofile psdmasklvl 282 13 5 22 lineconfprofile 282 13 5 23 lineconfprofile ratemode eenn 283 13 5 24 lineconfprofile SNrmMgn 283 13 5 25 lineconfprofile 284 13 5 26 lineconfprofile maxpsd 285 13 5 27 lineconfprofile uppbok1 en 285 13 5 28 lineconfprofile 2 286 13 5 29 lineconfprofile uppsdtone 287 13 5 30 lineconfprofile 0 287 13 5 31 lineconfprofile vdsl2freqplan 288 13 95 32 ydshbirid soe Se 289 13 5 33 vdsl disable enable 289 13 5 34 vdsl delt disable enable 289 13 5 35 vdsl loop
21. 13 3 93 igmp acl lt index gt max msgs lt number gt Description Configure the maximum IGMP control packets of an IGMP ACL profile Syntax igmp acl lt index gt max msgs lt number gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory number Maximum IGMP control packets per seconds Valid values 0 65535 Default value 128 Type Mandatory 237 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 94 igmp default Description Set IGMP parameters to default igmp default 13 3 95 igmp leave Description Configure IGMP leave mode default setting is normal Syntax igmp leave fast normal Parameter Name Description fast Set to fast leave mode normal Set to normal leave mode 13 3 96 igmp proxy Description Enable IGMP proxy snooping mode default setting is disabled igmp proxy Parameter None 13 3 97 igmp rtport Description Create or delete an IGMP router port Svntax igmp rtport lt rtport gt lt vlanid gt lt queryIP gt lt reportIP gt igmp rtport rtport lt vlanid gt delete Parameter Name Description rtport router port Valid values 1 3 Type Mandatory lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory queryIP Source IP address in IGMP memberset query packets in IGMP proxy snooping mode Type Mandatory reportIP Source IP address in IGMP report packets in IGMP proxy snooping mode Type Mandatory disable
22. Click on the drop down list and select the deployment scenario Options are FTTCAB Fibre to the cabinet FTTEX Fibre to the exchange OTHER Click on the checkboxes to select the allowed xDSL operation modes Options are ADSL Annex A ADSL Annex B ADSL Annex C ADSL2 Annex A ADSL2 Annex ADSL2 Annex A ADSL2 Annex B ADSL2 Annex M ADSL2 Annex L ADSL T1E1 VDSL ANSI VDSL ETSI VDSL ITU 993 1 VDSL IEEE 802ah VDSL ITU G993 2 8a VDSL ITU G993 2 8b VDSL ITU G993 2 8c VDSL ITU G993 2 8d VDSL ITU G993 2 12a VDSL ITU G993 2 12b VDSL ITU G993 2 17a VDSL ITU G993 2 30a Note if the system supports maximum 5 VDSL bands not 6 bands 30a will not be available You can check in System System Inventory VDSL band for how many bands the system supports Annex USO Mask Click on the checkboxes to select the USO mask of Annex M Options are eu36 eu40 eu44 eu48 eu52 eud6 eu60 eu64 Annex A USO Mask Click on the checkboxes to select the USO mask of Annex A Options are eu32 eu36 eu40 eu44 eu48 eu52 eu56 eu60 eu64 ds1 ds9 112 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Annex B USO Mask Click on the checkboxes to select the USO mask of Annex B Options are US US M US B Standard RFI Notch Click on the checkboxes to select the RFI transmit bands to be notched Options are 1810 1825 1 810 1 825 MHz ANNEX F 1810 2000 1 810 2 000 MHz ETS
23. Delete an IGMP router port for the specific vlan ID Type Mandatory 238 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 98 igmp snooping Description Enable IGMP normal snooping mode default setting is enabled Syntax igmp snooping Parameter None 13 3 99 igmp timeout bc number Description Set IGMP Timeout BC Older host present interval Syntax igmp timeout bc number Parameter Name Description number Timeout BC Older host present interval Valid values 1 500 seconds Default value 400 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 100 igmp timeout Imqt number Description Set IGMP Timeout LMQT Last member query interval Syntax igmp timeout Imqt number Parameter Name Description number LMQT Last member query interval Valid values 1 500 seconds Default value 1 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 101 igmp timeout mrt lt number gt Description Set IGMP Timeout Max response time Syntax igmp timeout mrt number Parameter Name Description number Timeout MRT Max response time Valid values 1 500 seconds Default value 10 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 102 igmp timeout query number Description Set IGMP Timeout query Query interval Syntax igmp timeout query lt number gt Parameter 239 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Name Description number Timeout query Query interval Valid values 1 500 seconds Default value 125 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 103 igmp timeout uri number
24. Name Description binary Import configuration from binary images retrived via runningcfg get Type Mandatory cli Import configuration from the CLI script retrived via runningcfg get Type Mandatory noreboot Import configuration without Reboot Must reboot system manually for the changes to take effect Type Optional 13 3 151 runningcfg put lt ip gt lt username gt lt password gt binary cli lt string gt Description Put exported configuration files to a FTP server Syntax Parameter runningcfg put lt ip gt lt username gt lt password gt binary lt string gt runningcfg put lt ip gt lt username gt lt password gt cli lt string gt Name Description lt ip gt FTP server IP address Type Mandatory lt username gt Username Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory lt password gt Password Valid values 0 31 characters Type Mandatory binary Put two binary images Type Mandatory cli Put a CLI script Type Mandatory 254 VDSL2 IP DSLAM string Remote filename Valid values 1 64 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 152 runningcfg restore index Description Restore configuration runningcfg restore index lt inbandBackupIndex gt lt generalBackupIndex gt Syntax noreboot Parameter Name Description lt inbandBackupIndex gt Inband Backup Index Valid values 1 16 Type Mandatory generalBackupIndex General Backup Index Valid values 1 16
25. System Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Modify ExtEtherType lox 8100 Allow Downstream Broadcast Este AgingTime PerPort DisaHle Delete Old Mac Disable gt Table 0 1 SystemType Configuration Label Description Select the EtherType for the 802 1ad tagging i e S Tags ExtEtherType Options are 0 88 8 802 1ad or 0x8100 802 1q Q in Q The VC 2402 protects the aggregation network and BNGs from broadcast storms at user and network port levels It supports filtering out broadcast frames destination MAC address OxFFFFFFFFFFFF in the downstream direction When Allow Downstream Broadcast is disabled only protocol specific broadcasts DHCP ARP frames are allowed to be forwarded to downstream users Allow Downstream Broadcast Enable disable aging timer for the MAC address table per bridge port Disable stop learning new MAC address when the bridge port has learned maximum supported MACs Delete Old Mac Enable delete the oldest MAC address if the bridge port has learned maximum supported MACs while coming a new MAC Aging Time per Port 33 VDSL2 IP DSLAM System AddOnService Configuration This option allows you to setup which of the add on services to be enabled or disabled From the Bridge menu click on System AddOnService Configuration The following page is displayed Click on the drop down list and click on Enable or Dis
26. XDSL PORT LINKDOWN XDSL Port Link Down 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 XDSL LINE CONF PROFILE CREATE XDSL Line Configuration Profile Created D XDSL LINE CONF PROFILE DELETE XDSL Line Configuration Profile Deleted D XDSL LINE CONF PROFILE CHANG ED XDSL Line Configuration Profile Changed XDSL LINE ALARM CONF PROFILE CREATED XDSL Line Alarm Configuration Profile Created XDSL LINE ALARM CONF PROFILE DELETED XDSL Line Alarm Configuration Profile Deleted XDSL LINE ALARM CONF PROFILE CHANGED XDSL Line Alarm Configuration Profile Changed XDSL PORT PROFILE TRANSFER FA XDSL Port Profile Transfer Failed ILED XDSL LOOPBACK SET XDSL Loopback Set XDSL DELT SET XDSL DELT Set 614 615 616 651 XDSL PERF NE ES XDSL PERF NE ES XDSL DELT DONE XDSL DELT Done XDSL PERF NE SES XDSL PERF NE SES XDSL PERF NE UAS XDSL PERF NE UAS XDSL PERF FE ES XDSL PERF FE ES XDSL PERF FE SES XDSL PERF FE SES 652 653 654 655 347 XDSL PERF FE UAS XDSL PERF FE UAS XDSL PERF NE DAY ES XDSL PERF NE DAY ES XDSL PERF NE DAY SES XDSL PERF NE DAY SES 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 XDSL PERF NE DAY UAS XDSL PERF NE DAY UAS XDSL PERF FE DAY SES XDSL PERF FE DAY SES XDSL PERF FE DAY ES XDSL PERF FE DAY ES XDSL PERF FE DAY UAS XDSL PERF FE DAY UAS XDSL DOWN MAX SNR MGN XDSL DOWN MAX SNR MGN XDSL DOWN MIN SNR MGN XDSL DOWN MIN SNR MGN XDSL UP MAX SNR MGN XDSL
27. lt pppoeMode gt Parameter Name Description cid Agent Circuit ID Valid values 1 63 characters Type Mandatory rid Agent Remote ID Valid values 1 63 characters Type Mandatory trusted Trust DHCP packets with option 82 Valid values 0 false 1 true Type Mandatory lt pppoeMode gt PPPOE Operation Mode Valid values O transparent 1 relay Type Mandatory 13 7 9 dhcp static ip index create ip mac Configure the Static DHCP IP Mapping Table that is used when the DSLAM acts as a DHCP server Syntax dhcp static ip index create ip mac Parameter Description Name Description index Index Valid values 1 432 Type Mandatory lt gt IP Address to be allocated Type Mandatory mac Corresponding MAC Address Type Mandatory 13 7 10 dhcp static ip index delete Description Delete a Static DHCP IP Mapping entry Syntax dhcp static ip index delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 432 Type Mandatory 303 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 7 11 egress tag untag Description Set Default VLAN egress setting Syntax egress tag egress untag Parameter Name Description tag Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory 13 7 12 igmpaclprofile lt index gt Description Set IGMP ACL profile index Syntax igmpaclprofile index Parameter Name Description index IGMP ACL Profile Index Valid
28. mac Description Configure a source MAC address VLAN priority remark entry 339 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Name index prio lt bport gt lt mac gt 13 14 10 srcmac lt index gt disable Parameter lt index gt Syntax srcmac lt index gt lt prio gt lt bport gt lt mac gt Description Index Valid values 256 Type Mandatory Remark VLAN priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory Source MAC address Type Mandatory Description Disable a source MAC address VLAN priority remark entry Syntax srcmac lt index gt disable Name Description Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 14 11 tos lt index gt lt prio gt lt bport gt lt precedence gt lt prio gt lt bport gt Description Configure a ToS IP Precedence VLAN priority remark entry Syntax tos lt index gt lt prio gt lt bport gt lt precedence gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 256 Type Mandatory Remark VLAN priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 340 VDSL2 IP DSLAM LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt
29. 200 Type Mandatory 13 2 16 show account Description Show account list show account Parameter None 13 2 17 show aging Description Show bridge aging time show aging Parameter None 13 2 18 show alarm aco Description Show alarm cut off status show alarm aco 13 2 19 show alarm current 194 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Show current alarm list Syntax show alarm current lt begin gt lt end gt Parameter Name Description begin Begin Index Valid values 1 65536 Type Mandatory end End Index Valid values 1 65536 Type Mandatory 13 2 20 show alarm event Description Show alarm event list Syntax show alarm event lt begin gt lt end gt Parameter Name Description begin Begin Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory end End Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 2 21 show alarm history Description Show alarm history Syntax show alarm history lt begin gt lt end gt Parameter Name Description lt begin gt Begin Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory lt end gt End Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 2 22 show bootloader Description Show bootloader information show bootloader Parameter None 195 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 23 show clisettings Description Show CLI settings Syntax show clisettings Parameter 13 2 24 show cluster Description Show cluster inform
30. 3 Physical Port where User Port phyport id Circuit ID 1 24 bridge port id PVC ID of a circuit 1 8 for bridge port 9 for Packet mode bridge port Egress Policer Index This field shows the policer profile index for Ingress Policer Index Egress Ingress direction Egress CIR Ingress CIR This field shows the Egress Ingress CIR Egress Leaky Bucket This field shows the Egress Ingress Leaky Bucket size Ingress Leaky Bucket To bind a bridge port with a policer profile click on the drop down list to select a policer profile index for egress ingress direction respectively and select the Modify checkbox then click on Modify button 51 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 7 Bridge VLAN Policer Select This option allows you to select the policer profile refer to 0 to limit data rate per VLAN plus per bridge port From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then Bridge VLAN Policer Select The following page is displayed Bridge VLAN Policer Select Previous Command Result Success Creation Area Create Index Physical Pot VID Egress Ingress p cp m Current Policer Configuration Delete Modify Physical Port VID Egress Ingress Egress Ingress Select to Configured Configured changed to changed to modify delete f f zJ P lt 2 p zJ m
31. 5 stp Priority 61440 MaxAgel 20 HeloTime 2 ForwardDelay 15 Current Status STP Enabled Running Version RSTP Bridge ID FOOOOOFF5B8A69DF The version of STP is being run IEEE802 1D 3 Time Since Last Topology Change 37127 The total number of Topology changes 3 Designated Root FO0000FF5B8AG9DF Root Cost 0 Root Port 65535 Hold Time 3 Bridge Priority 61440 Bridge Hello Time 2 Bridge Forward Delay 15 Bridge Max Age 20 The maxage hellotime and forwarddelay times are constrained as follows 2 x forwarddelay 1 gt maxage gt 2 x hellotime 1 Figure 0 1 STP Bridge Settings page 75 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Table 0 25 STP Bridge Settings Label Description Disable Enable Specify whether or not the system is to implement the tree protocol Modify Once you have modified the parameters click on this button to apply the modification Version Select RSTP IEEE 802 1W or STP IEEE 802 1D Sets the spanning tree protocol priority The lower the priority number the more significant the bridge becomes in protocol terms Where two bridges have the same priority their MAC address is compared and the smaller MAC address is treated as the most significant The priority can be any value between 0 and 61440 in step of Priority Sets the maximum age of received spanning tree protocol information before it is discarde
32. 6 Traffic Profile 6 1 Traffic Descriptor 6 2 VPMT Profile 128 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 6 1 Traffic Descriptor This option allows you to modify the traffic table From the Traffic Profile menu click on Traffic Descriptor The following page is displayed Traffic Descriptor Previous Command Result Success Area for Creating a new descriptor Next Traffic Index 3 Ether Traffic Descriptor WFO Weight Create ATM Traffic Policer Type CBR CLP transparent no Scr For Bridge Port Only pcr 20000 cells second Area for Deleting a Traffic Desccriptor Delete Index Packet Layer Profile Bridge Port Policer Selection Type Weight PPR EIR CBS EBS Polling Speed Policer ATM only PCR ATM only 0 0 o fo jo CBR 65536 lll Delete 2 0 1000000 D jo 0 PPR PS Auto CBR 20000 Delete Table 0 Traffic Descriptor Setup Label Description Click on this drop down list and select a descriptor type After you select a descriptor type the configurable parameters will Ether Traffic Descriptor be displayed on the page Available descriptor types are WFQ weighted fair queuing PPR peak packet rate CIR committed information rate CIREIR Weiaht This parameter is for descriptor type WFQ 9 Type the value of Weight 1 42 PPR This parameter is for descriptor type PPR Type in Peak Packet
33. Color aware mode the packets are classified before they re sent through the policer Color blind mode the packets are directed through the entire policer regardless of their color Non Conf Color Field This parameter defines the action for non conforming packets You can choose Tag or Discard If Tag is chosen then all the packets will be marked as red in the Color field rather than be discarded There are two fields you can select for determining the packet s input color the VLAN priority bits within the Ethernet header or the DSCP field within the IP header EIR Excess Information Rate 1536 1G bits per second controls the number of tokens in the second bucket EBS bucket EBS Excess Burst Size The unit is millisecond This parameter ranges from 1 to 1024 The second bucket depth is the product of EIR and this parameter Green Val Type in the green color value that is used when determining a packet s input color for Color Aware mode or remarking a packet s output color as green Valid value is 0 7 for VLAN Priority color field or 0 63 for color field Yellow Val Type in the yellow color value that is used when determining a packet s input color for Color Aware mode or remarking a packet s output color as yellow Valid value is 0 7 for VLAN Priority color field or 0 63 for DSCP color field Red Val Type in the red color value that is used when remarking a
34. Currently a VC 2402 cluster can support up to 16 cluster members NEs The NEs in a cluster must all be in band connected through the GBE port or out band connected through the MGMT port There are two possible network topologies for conducting a Clustering Management group Daisy chain and Star Master Slave Slave VC 2402 212 User link Uplink User link Uplink User link Uplink E MAN Ln in band management Figure 0 1 Cluster network topology Daisy Chain Master Slave Slave VC 2402 VC 2402 IU M GBE GBE GBE Uplink Uplink LAN GBE uplink Figure 0 2 Cluster network topology Star For a cluster in Daisy Chain topology each IP DSLAM must have one GBE port configured as Uplink and the other one configured as User link You can control all the IPDSLAMs in a cluster by connecting to the Cluster IP address or by directly connecting to the Master IPDSLAM via its in band or out band IP address that is configured in the Board Setup page 176 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 11 2 Cluster State This option allows you to view the Cluster state From the Cluster click on Cluster State The following page is displayed Cluster State Cluster Status Cluster ID 1 Cluster State CLUSTER STATE MASTER 7 Cluster FailureState CLUSTER FAILURE STATUS NONE 0 Member Count 1 Member Information ID Name 1 1192 168 5 3 dummy Table 0 2 Cluster S
35. FTP server IP address Type Mandatory Username Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory Password Valid values 0 31 characters Type Mandatory Image path and filename Valid values 1 64 characters Type Mandatory Perform remote download for the software image Type Mandatory Perform remote download for the bootloader Type Mandatory No Reboot after command commplete Must reboot system manually for the changes to take effect Type Optional Description Set boot partition Syntax firmware partition partition Parameter Name Description partition Partition number Valid values 0 1 Type Mandatory Description Set http server port Syntax Parameter http port lt portNo gt http port default Name Description 235 VDSL2 IP DSLAM portNo Port Number Valid values 1 65535 Type Mandatory default Set http server port to default 80 13 3 88 igmp acl Description Enable disable IGMP ACL mode default setting is enable Syntax IGMP enable disable Parameter None 13 3 89 igmp acl lt index gt channel lt channel_index gt lt ip gt lt uvid gt lt svid gt lt tag gt Description Add a channel to an IGMP ACL profile Syntax igmp acl lt index gt channel lt channel_index gt lt ip gt lt uvid gt lt svid gt lt tag gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory channel index Channel Index Valid values
36. PhysicalPort IpFilterMode Src IP 3 7 povo Query Manual and Auto learn Allow IP Filter Table Select Page Index 1 Delete Modify Index Physical Port IpFilterMode Src IP Select to Modify Delete f Jes CI Manual 7216727 Modify Delete Table 0 45 Allow IP Filtering Setup Label Description Creation Area Index This field shows the index of the next created allowed IP Select the bridge port you want to create the allowed Physical Port source IP for IpFilterMode Only Manual mode is supported here in the creation area Src IP Type the allowed source IP address here Query Table To modify the IP Filter mode click on the drop down list IpFilterMode and select the new value If you select Auto learn the source IP will not be manually configurable 102 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 12 Anti Spoofing The VC 2402 supports MAC address anti Spoofing to prevent a malicious user from trying to use another user s MAC address i e spoofing in order to deny or disturb the other user s service or to hijack some frames when both users are in the same VLAN The VC 2402 also supports ARP anti Spoofing and IP anti Spoofing to prevent a malicious user from trying to send ARP messages both ARP requests and replies indicating the binding of its MAC address to the spoofed IP address in order to deny disturb the
37. Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory 13 5 8 lineconfprofile bandcfg Description Configure band configuration of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile bandcfg name tx rx opt Parameter Name name tx lt rx gt lt opt gt Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory VDSL line transmit band configuration Valid values e ALL TONES ON 1 e DISABLE 640K BELOW 2 e DISABLE 1100K BELOW 3 DISABLE 2200K BELOW 4 Default value DISABLE 2200 BELOW 4 for VDSL ALL TONES ON 1 for ADSL Type Mandatory VDSL line receive band configuration Valid values ALL TONES ON 1 DISABLE 640 BELOW 2 DISABLE 1100 BELOW 3 DISABLE 2200 BELOW 4 Default value ALL TONES 1 Type Mandatory VDSL line optional band configuration Valid values DISABLE 0 ANNEX A 26K TO 138K 1 ANNEX 138K TO 276K 2 ANNEX 26K TO 276K 3 Default value DISABLE 0 for VDSL 26K TO 138K 1 for ADSL Annex ANNEX B 138 TO 276K 2 for ADSL Annex Type Mandatory 275 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 5 9 lineconfprofile bandplan Description Configure band plan of a VDSL line configuration profile lineconfprofile bandplan lt name gt plan Syntax Parameter Name plan Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory V
38. Uplink ZF setect GigaBit 2 1 1024 00 0 z Untagged z Table 0 6 All 7 Enable 7 Up Link 7 Select Interface Setup Trunk Bridge Port Label Description Physical Port This field shows the physical gigabit trunk port number GigaBit 1 or GigaBit 2 VID Type in the default port VID Valid value is 1 4094 Type in the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the trunk bridge port 1 4095 default is 1024 The aging time for MAC address table 10 600 sec If a Aging Time MAC does not transmit a new frame within the aging time this MAC entry will be deleted from the MAC address table V Pri Click on the drop down list and select the VLAN priority level for egress traffic VLAN Tagging Click on the drop down list and select tagging untagging the outgoing frames upstream direction for trunk bridge port Ingress Filter Click on the drop down list and select Ingress filter On Off Ingress filter ON check if the VID of the incoming frame is in the member set If not in the member set block the frame Ingress filter OFF Ingress filter disabled Acceptable Frame Click on the drop down list and select to accept ALL Frame or only VLAN tagged frame Click on the drop down list and select enable disable Isolation for this bridge port When port isolation is enabled packets Isolation received from a trunk port
39. Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 80 show interface xdsl vdsl linealarmconfprofile Description Show VDSL line alarm configuration profile table show interface xdsl vdsl linealarmconfprofile Syntax lt vdslLineAlarmConfProfileName gt Parameter Name Description vdslLineAlarmConfProfileName Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Optional 13 2 81 show interface xdsl vdsl lineconfprofile Description Show VDSL line configuration profile table Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl lineconfprofile vdslLineConfProfileName Parameter Name Description vdslLineConfProfileName Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Optional 208 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 82 show interface xdsl vdsl loopback Description Show loopback state of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl loopback lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 83 show interface xdsl vdsl perf Description Show VDSL performance data table Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl perf lt portNo gt lt vdslPhysSide gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt VDSL Port number Valid values 24 0 display all Type Mandatory vdsIPhysSide VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 84 show interface xdsl vdsl perf15min Description Show VDSL performance
40. community community Parameter Name Description index RMON event entry index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory community RMON event community Valid values 0 127 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 132 rmon event lt index gt delete Description Delete a RMON event entry Syntax rmon event index delete Parameter Name Description index RMON event entry index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory 13 3 133 rmon event index description lt description gt Description Set RMON event description Syntax rmon event index description description 248 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Name Description index RMON event entry index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory description Event description Valid values 0 127 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 134 rmon event index owner owner Description Set RMON event owner Syntax rmon event index owner owner Parameter Name Description index RMON event entry index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory owner Event owner Valid values 0 127 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 135 rmon event index type both log none trap Description Set RMON event type rmon event index type both rmon event index type log Syntax rmon event index type none rmon event index type trap Parameter Name Description index RMON event entry index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory both Both
41. lt ebs gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 2 128 Type Mandatory cir Committed Information Rate Valid values 1536 1000000000 bps Default value 1000000000 bps Type Mandatory cbs Committed Burst Size Valid values 1 1024 ms Default value 80 bps 326 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt colorField gt lt green gt lt yellow gt lt red gt lt nonconf gt lt aware gt eir ebs Type Mandatory Color Field Valid values 1 vlan prioirty 4 dscp Default value 1 Type Mandatory Green Value Valid values 0 7 for vlan prioirty 0 63 for dscp Default value 7 Type Mandatory Yellow Value Valid values 0 7 for vlan prioirty 0 63 for dscp Default value 3 Type Mandatory Red Value Valid values 0 7 for vlan prioirty 0 63 for dscp Default value 1 Type Mandatory Action for nonconforming packets Valid values O discard 1 tag for vlan priority Default value 0 Type Mandatory Color Aware Valid values 0 color blind 1 color aware Default value 0 Type Mandatory Excess Information Rate for dual leaky bucket Valid values 1536 1000000000 bps Default value 1000000000 bps Type Mandatory Excess Burst Size for dual leaky bucket Valid values 1 1024 ms Default value 80 bps Type Mandatory 13 12 14 iwpolicer index delete Description Delete a rate limit profile iwpolicer index delete Syntax Parameter
42. 1 512 Type Mandatory ip IGMP group address Type Mandatory lt uvid gt User VLAN ID the vedio user is within Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt svid gt Server VLAN ID the vedio server is within Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt tag gt VLAN tagged un tagged option of the downstream multicast packets Valid values 1 tagged 2 untagged Type Mandatory 13 3 90 igmp acl lt index gt channel lt channel_index gt delete Description Delete a channel from an IGMP ACL profile Syntax igmp acl lt index gt channel lt channel_index gt delete Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory 236 VDSL2 IP DSLAM channel index Channel Index Valid values 1 512 0 deleting all channels Type Mandatory 13 3 91 igmp acl index create delete Description Create or delete an IGMP ACL profile igmp acl index create igmp acl index delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory Syntax 13 3 92 igmp acl index max channel numbers 4 4 Configure the maximum allowed active channel number of an IGMP Description ACL profile Syntax igmp acl index max channel number Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory number Maximum allowed concurrently active channels Valid values 0 20 Default value 10 Type Mandatory
43. 3 Type Mandatory Uplink bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Priority to be replaced with Valid values 0 7 13 7 28 vlan translation index delete 13 7 29 vpmt lt index gt Syntax vpmt index Parameter Name index Description Delete a VLAN translation entry Syntax vlan translation index delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory Description Set VPMT profile index for the packet line bridge port Description Profile Index Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 309 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 8 Gigabit Interface Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Gigabit Interface Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 8 1 bridge Description Enter bridge configuration mode Syntax bridge Parameter None 13 8 2 gbe physical Configure physical medium of gigabit Ethernet port default is Description SFP first be physical copper Syntax ial sip P Parameter Name Description copper Copper first Type Mandatory sfp SFP first Type Mandatory 13 8 3 gbe speed Description Configure gigabit Ethernet port speed default is Auto Negotiate gbe speed auto gbe speed full 1000mbps gbe speed full 100mbps Satar gbe speed full 10mbps gbe speed half 100mbps gbe speed half 10mbps Parameter Name Description auto Set GBE to auto
44. 4 64 kbps Default value 4 kbps Type Mandatory 13 5 19 lineconfprofile opmode Description Configure allowed operation modes of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile opmode lt name gt lt opmode gt Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory opmode VDSL line operation mode Valid values bitmap please refer to 13 1 9 list opmode Default value OXOFF00000 for VDSL 0x00000829 for ADSL Annex A 0x00000052 for ADSL Annex B Type Mandatory 13 5 20 lineconfprofile pbo 281 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Configure power backoff of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile pbo name lt pbo gt Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory pbo VDSL line power backoff control Valid values disabled 1 enabled 2 Default value disabled Type Mandatory 13 5 21 lineconfprofile psdmasklvl Description Configure PSD mask level of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile psdmasklvl lt name gt level Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory level VDSL line PSD mask level Valid values DEFAULT PSD 0 ANSI MI CAB 1 ANSI M2 CAB ETSI 3 ETSI 2 CAB 4 ANNEX F 5 EX 6 M2 EX 7 ETSI EX P2 8 ETSI M2 EX P2 9 PSD K 11 PS
45. Default value 0 Type Mandatory cir polling CIR Polling Mode Speed cbs Valid values 1000000 100000000 units bps Default value Type Mandatory Committed Burst Size 333 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 0 OXFFFFFFFF units bps Default value 0 Type Mandatory Excess Information Rate Valid values 1000000 100000000 units bps Default value 0 Type Mandatory Excess Burst Size Valid values 0 OXFFFFFFFF units bps Default value 0 Type Mandatory 13 13 3 delete index Description Delete an Ethernet traffic descriptor Syntax delete index Parameter Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory 13 13 4 ppr index lt gt polling Description Create a PPR Ethernet Traffic Descriptor Syntax ppr index lt gt polling Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory lt ppr gt Peak Packet Rate Valid values 1000000 100000000 units bps Default value 0 Type Mandatory lt polling gt Polling Mode Speed Valid values 1000000 100000000 0x80000000 auto units bps Default value NA Type Mandatory 13 13 5 wfq lt index gt lt weight gt Description Create a WFQ Ethernet Traffic Descriptor wfq index weight Parameter 334 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Name Description index Index Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory weight Weight Valid values 1 42 Default value
46. Description Set IGMP Timeout URI Unsolicited report interval Syntax igmp timeout uri lt number gt Parameter Name Description lt number gt Timeout URI Unsolicited report interval Valid values 1 500 seconds Default value 1 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 104 igmp version Description Set IGMP version default setting is IGMP V2 igmp version v1 igmp version v2 igmp version v3 Parameter None 13 3 105 interface gigabit lt portNo gt Description Enter Gigabit Interface Configuration Mode Syntax interface gigabit lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt Gigabit port number Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 13 3 106 interface gigabit la Description Enter Gigabit LA Interface Configuration Mode interface gigabit la Parameter None 13 3 107 interface vdsl Description Enter VDSL Interface Configuration Mode 240 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax interface vdsl Parameter None 13 3 108 interface xdsl lt portNo gt Description Enter XDSL Interface Config Mode Syntax interface xdsl lt portNo gt Parameter Description XDSL port number Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 3 109 linevpmtprofile index delete Description Delete an existing line bridge port VPMT vlan priority mapping table profile Syntax linevpmtprofile index delete Parameter Name Description index Profile Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory 13 3 110 linevpmtp
47. Name index Description Index Valid values 2 128 Type Mandatory 13 12 15 l4dstport lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt port gt Description Configure a L4 destination port deny access list entry 14dstport index deny lt bport gt port Syntax 327 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Description Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory L4 destination port number Valid values 1 65535 Type Mandatory 13 12 16 l4dstport index disable Description Disable a L4 destination port deny access list entry Syntax 14dstport index disable Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 12 17 l4srcport lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt port gt Description Configure a L4 source port deny access list entry Syntax l4srcport index deny lt bport gt port Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 200 Type Mandatory lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory lt port gt L4 s
48. PSD by tone basis In VDSL configuration profile we have PSD mask per standard basis Here you can set PSD mask by tone basis From the VDSL menu click on VDSL PSD Configuration and then Upstream PSD The following page is displayed VDSL Max Rx PSD Profile Previous Command Result Success Query Profile Selection profile test v Current Configuration and Modification Area Create Profile Name profile test Next Sequential Number 2 Frequence KHz PSD Level 140 dBm Hz Profile Contents Delete Sequential Number Tone Freq KHz PSDLevel iBmHz Selectto delete po je Table 0 5 VDSL Upstream PSD setup Label Description Click on the drop down list and select the profile you want to Query Profile create PSD for you must create the VDSL configuration profile Selection first Note that you cannot create PSD mask by tone basis for the default VDSL profile DEFVAL and default ADSL profile ADSL_DEFVAL 118 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Profile Name This field shows the name of the profile Next Sequential Number This field shows the next sequential number of the PSD mask Total 20 points can be set for the Rx PSD mask Tone Frequency Type in the tone frequency in KHz PSD Level in the PSD Level dBm Hz Value range is 140 12 5 step 0 5 119 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 3 VDSL Alarm Profile This option allows you t
49. Parameter None 13 1 11 show env Description Show CLI environment variables Parameter None 13 1 12 show history Show command history Note commands issued in one execution mode only appear in history of that execution mode show history Parameter None 13 1 13 show time Description Show current time Syntax show time 189 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter None 13 1 14 show uptime Description Show uptime show uptime 13 1 15 show version Description Show version information show version Parameter None 13 1 16 sleep 13 1 17 Description Sleep for the specified number of milli seconds Syntax sleep time Parameter Name Description time Time to sleep Valid values 1 OXFFFFFFFF ms Type Mandatory Description Execute the specific number of command in history Syntax number Name Description number History Number Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory 190 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 Enable Mode Commands All the show commands in this section can also be executed under any other command mode except Initialize Mode 13 2 1 cluster target id Description Configure target cluster member ID Syntax cluster target id id Parameter Name Description id Cluster ID Valid Values 20 0 local Type Mandatory 13 2 2 configure Description Enter configuration mode Syntax configure Parameter None 13 2 3 disable Descript
50. User Port MTU Size 1536bytes Description Giga Ethernet Counter Value Output Counter Value Input Bytes 1080342 Output Bytes 0 Unicast PKTs 0 Unicast PKTs o Not Unicast PKTs 9837 Not UnicastPKTs 0 Discard PKTs 0 Discard lt o Error PKTs 0 lt 0 Multicast PKTs 4914 Multicast PKTs o Broadast PKTs 4918 Broadast PKTs 0 Unknown Protocols 0 Unknown Protocols NA 157 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Interface Counter Description Giga Ethernet 158 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 10 2 RMON This option allows you to configure and query the RMON Statistics The VC 2402 supports performance statistics defined in RMON MIB groups 1 Ethernet statistics 2 history control 3 alarm and 9 event per RFC 2819 for all network uplink ports From the Performance Monitoring menu click on RMON The following page is displayed Select type of RMON table in the drop down list Remote Monitoring Select Type Select RMON Table 1 RMON ETH Statistics 2 RMON History Control 3 RMON ETH History 4 RMON Alarm 5 RMON Event 6 RMONLOG 159 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt ETH Statistics This option is for displaying the Ethernet interface RMON data Click on the Data Source drop down list and select GBE1 or GBE2 Type in an owner name and then click on New button to
51. VIII VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 109 linevpmtprofile index delete 241 13 3 110 linevpmtprofile index 241 13 3 111 management 242 13 3 112 management gbe inb duos 242 13 3 113 management mgnt tt three 242 13 3 114 outband route add network netmask lt netmask gt gateway gateway 243 13 3 115 outband route delete network netmask netmaske 243 mE 243 13 3 117 profile 243 13 244 13 3 119 protocol vlan index create tenn eenn 244 13 3 120 protocol vlan index delete 244 13 3 121 rmon alarm index alarm interval lt number gt 245 13 3 122 rmon alarm lt index gt 22 42 2 4 0 0 245 13 3 123 rmon alarm index falling eventindex numbers 245 13 3 124 rmon alarm index falling threshold numbers 245 13 3 125 rmon alarm index owner lt gt 246 13 3 126 rmon alarm index rising eventindex number 246 13 3 127
52. deny lt bport gt ospf ipprotocol index deny bport tcp ipprotocol index deny lt bport gt udp Description Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory EIGRP 325 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Type Mandatory gre GRE General Routing Encapsulation Type Mandatory icmp Internet Control Message Protocol Type Mandatory igmp IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol Type Mandatory igp IGP Any private interior gateway Type Mandatory ipinip IP in IP encapsulation Type Mandatory ospf OSPFIGP Type Mandatory tcp TCP Transmission Control Protocol Type Mandatory udp UDP User Datagram Protocol Type Mandatory 13 12 12 ipprotocol index disable Description Disable IP protocol deny access list entry Syntax ipprotocol index disable Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 12 13 iwpolicer index create Description Configure a rate limit profile iwpolicer index create cir lt cbs gt colorField green yellow red lt nonconf gt aware iwpolicer index create cir cbs lt colorField gt green yellow red lt nonconf gt aware eir
53. kbps step 4 Downstream Slow Max Data Rate 200000 kbps 32 200000 unit kbps step 4 Upstream Slow Min Data Rate 2 kbps 32 200000 unit kbps step 4 Upstream Overhead Data Rate R kbps 4 64 unit kbps Downstream Overhead Data Rate R kbps 4 64 unit kbps Upstream 106 VDSL2 IP DSLAM po dBm 38 00 dBm Hz bownMaxPwr 3 75 dBrn 13 5 140 unit dBm Hz step 0 5 dBm Hz 13 5 140 unit dBm Hz step 0 5 dBm Hz 0 63 75 unit dBm step 0 25 dBm Je dBm 0 63 75 unit dBm step 0 25 dBm DownMaxSnrMgn 12730 dB ass Po 0 127 5 unit dB step 0 5 dB 0 31 0 unit dB step 0 5 dB eee UnMaxSniMon 12750 88 Bm DownMaxinterDelay 77 bestem Pins DsMinProtection ug 0 31 0 unit dB step 0 5 dB 0 127 5 unit dB step 0 5080 0 31 0 unit dB step 0 5 dB 0 31 0 unit dB step 0 50dB 0 50 0 50 0 31875 unit us step 125 us UsMinProtection P UpPboControl Disable 0 31875 unit us step 125 us Disable Enable PBO K1 JO 1000000 100000 unit 0 001 0 001 dBmiH2 dBm Hz step 0 001 dBm Hz lust 0 001 dBm Hz Change of K1 and K2 values use 62 0 001 dBmiH2 more flexibility using UBPO usa 60000 0 001 4 2 K1 values for lower US bands usa 0 001 dBm Hz lus 0 0 001 dBm Hz PBO K2 10 0 001 dBm H
54. packet s output color as red Valid value is 0 7 for VLAN Priority color field or 0 63 for color field 49 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Create Once you have typed in the parameter values click on this button to create a new profile Delete Click on this button to delete a profile Note that the default profile DEFVAL cannot be deleted 50 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 6 Bridge Port Policer Select This option allows you to select the policer profile refer to O to limit data rate for a line bridge port From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then Bridge Port Policer Select The following page is displayed Bridge Port Policer Select Previous Command Result Normal Make a bridge port to apply a policer Query Table Query Page Number 1 Modify Physical Port Egress Policer Ingress Policer Egress Egress Leaky Ingress Ingress Leaky Select to Modify Index Index CIR Bucket CIR Bucket 3 Untimited feo Unlimited 80 edt s inf modiy PacketMode f Unlimited jeo Unlimited 80 m inf z Ir Modify Table 0 10 Bridge Port Policer Select Label Description This field shows the physical line port number and its mode ATM PVC or Packet This field shows the bridge port index The bridge port index can be calculated by the following formula User port phyport id 24 bridge port id 1
55. packets So user can assign an IP address here for proxy mode IGMP general query packet reference Physical Port Type in source IP address in IGMP report packet when ReportlP working in proxy mode Once you have typed in all the parameter values click Add on this button to create an IGMP route 100 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 11 IP Filtering When Allow IP service is enabled to enable the service refer to section 0 the packets received from user ports will be forwarded only if the source IP addresses of packets are in the allowed IP list The allowed IP list is either created via snooping DHCP sequences refer to 0 or manually configured by user refer to 0 4 11 1 System Allow IP Filter From the Bridge menu click on P Filtering and then System Allow IP Filter The following page is displayed System Allow IpFilter Configuration Previous Command Result Success Modify Add AllowlpBySnoopDHCP Disable Click on the drop down list and select Enable to enable allowed IP to be created via snooping DHCP sequences 101 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 11 2 Allow IP Filtering This option allows you to manually configuring the system allowed IP list From the Bridge menu click on P Filtering and then Allow IP Filtering The following page is displayed Bridge Port Allow IP Filter Configuration Previous Command Result Success Manual Allow IP Filter Creation Area Create Index
56. when both the trunk interfaces are configured as up link cannot be forwarded to the other trunk port even for broadcasting Mode Click on the drop down list and specify the trunk link to be an Up Link or User Link Select to Modify Click on the checkbox of the bridge port you want to modify before you click on Modify button Refresh Click on this button to get most recent status LACP Click on this button to enable LACP Link Aggregation Control 42 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Protocol mode Individual Click on this button to disable LACP mode When LACP mode is enable following page is displayed Trunk Bridge Port Setup for Packet Mode Previous Command Result Success MOTI Individual Physical Port VID AgingTime V Pri VLAN Tagging Filter Acceptable Frame Isolation Mode Select to Modify 3 P0 Untazzed Al za Ex seea 43 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 4 LACP Configuration This option allows you to do the LACP configuration and is only available when LACP mode is selected for the trunk interface refer to 0 The Link Aggregation Control Protocol LACP is part of IEEE 802 3ad that allows bundling trunk ports together to form a single logical channel This feature can provide load sharing and failover when link status fails on a port From
57. 0 Port 9 Invalid 0 o o NA o b o 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port 10 invalid 0 o o o 0 0 0 o io 0 0 0 Table 0 7 VDSL Performance Statistics Label Description Physical Port This field shows the physical port number 1 24 Validity This field shows the validity of the PM data Valid Invalid LOF Loss of Frame Count LOS Loss of Signal Failure Count LOSS Loss Of Signal seconds LOPRS Loss Of Power seconds only for VTUR ESS Errored Seconds SESS Severely Errored Seconds UAS Unavailable Seconds Inits Modem Failed Initialization events only for VTUC CellPkts Total Cell Count RxHec ATM HEC violation count Fixed Octets Fast Count of corrected octets for fast channel Bad blks Fast Count of uncorrectable blocks for fast channel Fixed Octes Slow Count of corrected octets for slow channel Bad blks Slow Count of uncorrectable blocks for slow channel 170 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 10 3 2 Interval Statistics This option allows you to query the VDSL 15 Min PM Statistics From the Performance Monitoring menu click on xDSL Day Interval and then nterval Statistics The VDSL Interval Statistics page is displayed Click on the Physical Site drop down lists to select the interval current or previous 1 96 and physical site VTUC or VTUR then click on Refresh to get data VDSL Interval Statistics Phys Site Curent vruc Refresh
58. 00 Oper ID Actor Oper 1 1 Partner 1 1 Key Oper Key Partner 21845 0 1 1 Oper Priority Oper Port Priority Actor Oper Activit AggrexSync Activity Aggre Sync Partner Activity AggreYExpired Timeout Aggre State Oper State Aggregate Aggregate Aggregate Or Individual Table 0 8 LACP Configuration LACP Port Label Description 45 VDSL2 IP DSLAM The administrative state of Actor Partner Currently the state is fixed Parameters include Activity If the operational state shows Activity ON this indicates the Activity control is Active LACP otherwise the Activity control is Passive LACP Timeout Timeout means the Timeout control value with regard to this link If the operational state shows Timeout ON this indicates Short Timeout otherwise Long Timeout 2 1 j Aggregation If the operational state shows aggregation ON ate Fixe this indicates that the System considers this link to be Ald Admin Aggregatable i e a potential candidate for aggregation If not ate the link is considered to be Individual i e this link can be operated only as an individual link Synchronization If the operational state shows Sync ON the system considers this link to be IN SYNC i e it has been allocated to the correct Link Aggregation Group the group has been associated with a compatible Aggregator and the identity of the Link Aggregation Group is consiste
59. 17 max MaG t o ER RR RR in sedated E RE RIS ERR eina aei FIR de 295 13 6 18 priority TOf G8 io ere Pe 295 13 6 19 protocol vlan conf esses eene nennen nnns 296 1 3 6 20 lt lt een ener M nace eels awe RR ARRA 296 XI 13 7 13 8 13 9 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 21 pvc encapsulation llc nenn 296 13 6 22 pvc trafdesc lt gt 296 13 6 23 ratelimit sIndex i i iot in 297 13 6 24 vlan lt vlanid gt disable 297 13 06 25 Vlaris c iie e LR ri REN desde RN RR RUE RERO ERR RE RSEN 297 13 6 26 vlan zmoda hee dede e aeree 298 13 6 27 vlan regen incoming outgoing 298 13 6 28 vlan regen incoming disable eene 298 13 6 29 vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkKBP gt one to one 298 13 6 30 vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkKBP gt many to one 299 13 6 31 vlan translation index delete 300 XDSL Packet Bridge Config Mode 301 13 741 CTI alll Et 301 13 7 2 agi g bport 1 ceded
60. 3 18 default access list 4 lt Description Delete all L4 source port deny ACL entries Syntax default access list l4srcport Parameter None 13 3 19 default access list l4dstport Description Delete all L4 destination port deny ACL entries Syntax default access list 14dstport Parameter None 223 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 20 default access list mcfldrate Description Delete all flooding rate limiting entries Syntax default access list mcfldrate Parameter None 13 3 21 default access list netbios Description Delete all NetBIOS broadcast deny ACL entries Syntax default access list netbios Parameter None 13 3 22 default access list srcip Description Delete all source IP address deny ACL entries Syntax default access list srcip Parameter None 13 3 23 default access list srcmac Description Delete all source MAC address deny ACL entries Syntax default access list srcmac Parameter None 13 3 24 default access list dstmac Description Delete all destination MAC address deny ACL entries Syntax default access list dstmac Parameter None 13 3 25 default access list vlan ratelimit Description Delete all VLAN rate limiting entries Syntax default access list vlan ratelimit Parameter None 13 3 26 default account Description Delete all accounts except admin and set admin to default Syntax default account Parameter None 224 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 27 default aging Description Set bridge agi
61. 3 500 3 800 MHz ETSI 3500 4000 5 3 500 4 000 MHz T1E1 3747 3754 6 3 747 3 754 MHz ANNEX F 3791 3805 7 3 791 3 805 MHz ANNEX F 7000 7100 8 7 000 7 100 MHz ANNEX ETSI 7000 7300 9 7 000 7 300 MHz TIEI 10100 10150 10 10 100 10 150 MHz ANNEX F 284 VDSL2 IP DSLAM ETSI e 14000 14350 11 14 000 14 350 MHz ANNEX ETSI TIEI e 18068 18168 12 18 068 18 168 MHz ANNEX F ETSI e 1800 1825 13 1 800 1 825 MHz HAM Band 1 e 3500 3550 14 3 500 3 550 MHz HAM Band 2 e 3790 3800 15 3 790 3 800 MHz HAM Band 3 e 1800 1810 16 1 800 1 810 MHz RFI Notch e 21000 21450 17 21 000 21 450 MHz ANNEX F ETSI ETSI ETSI TIEI 24890 24990 18 24 890 24 990 MHz ANNEX F 28000 29100 19 28 000 29 100 MHz ANNEX F 28000 29700 20 28 000 29 700 MHz ANNEX F ETSI 1 1 Default value 0 13 5 26 lineconfprofile maxpsd Description Configure maximum PSD of a VDSL line configuration profile lineconfprofile maxpsd name up down Syntax Parameter Name name up down Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory VDSL line upstream maximum PSD Valid values 1400 135 Units 0 1 dBm Hz Step 0 5 dBm Hz Effective Range 140 0 13 5 dBm Hz Default value 38 00 dBm Hz VDSL line downstream maxim
62. 9 6 DACP Static IP Gonflg 0 93 4 105 GMP AER 94 410 4 IGMP Config ration ed ier Re stan 94 4 10 2 IGMP ACL Profile Config er tenir etes Rot 96 4 10 3 IGMP ACL Profile ea 98 4 10 4 IGMP Group 99 4 10 5 a akai 100 A ET S oon ce eMe 101 4114 System Allow IP FING kaypas hs ease 101 411 2 Allow IP Filtering uoi utere 102 4 12 Anti Spoofing EN 103 4 12 1 System Anti thin Biene i ona 103 412 2 Anu ARE Spoofing uuu tay ioa octets tote nuda 104 5 VDSL ADSL 105 5 1 VDSL Configuration Proflle ahs ce cR Ee zt Cere 106 5 2 WDSLE PSDGCOnIQgurauopo 2 Det de tese id E tende 117 5 2 1 Downstream PSD e ipe 117 5 2 2 Upstream PSD eic e ek Ce d VERRE UTE Qu EE RE I sasa 118 5 9 VDSL Alarm Pronle ade e REC EEG E 120 E MAIRIE T 122 9 57 VDSL ENE StatUS 123 Do V
63. As shown in the figure the counting value keeps increasing But when the value overflows the system will count from zero again The sample in T2 is the first one crossing the Rising Threshold so an alarm occurs While no alarms will be generated afterwards unless the counting value overflows and count from zero again the sample in T10 causes an alarm again Absolute Value Over Flow 222 1 Count from Zero again Alarm Falling Tipsshokl 65 a L S sasa u Y Tl TA 13 T10 Time 166 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Another figure shows the example of RMON alarm for DELTA sample type As shown in the following figure the delta value varies high and low The sample in T1 is the first one crossing the Rising Threshold so an alarm occurs While no alarms will be generated afterwards until T5 sample which is crossing the Falling Threshold note that the value of the previous sample T4 sample is greater than the Falling Threshold and the value of T5 sample Alarm is not generated for T7 sample since an alarm is already generated for T5 sample and the curve is not in a downward trend around T7 A Rising Threshold crossing alarm is generated again for T10 sample because a Falling Threshold crossing alarm T5 has occurred after the previous Rising Threshold crossing alarm T1 Delta Value Falling Threshold IT I2 1415 IJ T10 Time No Alarm 167 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Event This option allows you to configure
64. Bandplan Tx Band Config Rx Band Config Opt Band Config G HS Carrier Set Line OpMode VDSL2 Frequency Plan and PSD Mask to the suggested values in the Table 0 2 and just leave the other profile parameters as the default values Table 0 2 VDSL Configuration Profile Setup Guideline 114 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 998 1 998 1 998 1 050 998 M2x NUSO epe wa per ern w wa 8 10 998ADE17 M2x NUSO M wa 17664 VDSL configuration profile 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 12000 4K Tones 998 138 17000 4 Tones 998 138 17000 4K Tones 998 138 17000 4K Tones ALL TONES ON TONES ON ANNEX A 26K TO 138K V43 A43 EN ALL TONES ON ALL TONES ON ANNEX B 138K TO 276K V43 B43 12 12B ALL TONES ON ALL TONES ON 26K TO 138K V43 A43 V43 A43 ALL TONES ON ALL TONES ON ANNEX M 26K TO 276K or V43 B43 ALL TONES ALL TONES ON ANNEX B 138 TO 276K V43 B43 EN VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU Swisscom FT VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU Swissconv FT VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU Swisscomv FT VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU Swisscom FT VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU Swis
65. Commands 13 8 GBE Interface Config Mode Commands 13 9 GBE Bridge Config Mode Commands 13 10 GBE LA Interface Config Mode Commands 13 11 GBE LA Bridge Config Mode Commands 13 12 Access Control List Mode Commands 13 13 Traffic Descriptor Mode Commands 13 14 Priority List Mode Commands 13 15 Alarm Profile Config Mode Commands 187 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 1 Initialize Mode Commands The commands in this section can be executed under all command modes These commands are global commands 13 1 1 bye Description Quit CLI Syntax bye Parameter None 13 1 2 enable Description Enter enable mode Syntax enable Parameter None 13 1 3 exit Description Exit current mode Syntax exit Parameter None 13 1 4 list alarm table Description List the alarm table Syntax list alarm table Parameter None 13 1 5 list command tree Description List tree of all available CLI commands Syntax list command tree Parameter None 13 1 6 list command tree full Description List complete command tree Syntax list command tree full Parameter None 188 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 1 7 list event table Description list event table Syntax list event table Parameter None 13 1 8 list execution modes Description List all available execution modes list execution modes Parameter None 13 1 9 list opmode Description List operation mode table list opmode 13 1 10 list timezone Description List time zones list timezone
66. Eiiwwwwwww Ei IPDSLAM Box Information Figure 0 2 Web Configuration Tool homepage 11 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 2 2 About Web Configuration Tool Pages and Access Permissions The Web Configuration Tool provides a series of web pages for users to setup and configure the VC 2402 system These pages are organized into nine main topics only users with superuser access level can see all of them You can select each of the topics from the menu on the left hand side of the main window The exact information displayed on each web page depends on the specific configuration that an operator is using The following chapters provide a general description of the setup and configuration details There are three access level options for Web Tool users Superuser can access all of the web pages e Engineer cannot access User Administration Login User List SNMP Community SNMP Target and SNMP Notify pages e Guest cannot add delete modify any setting and can only view information in Box Information System Inventory VDSL Inventory VDSL Line Status VDSL Channel Status VDSL Failure State Alarm Event Hardware Temp Interface Counter xDSL Day Interval pages Table 2 1 lists the various pages of the web configuration tool Table 0 1 Pages of the Web Configuration Tool System Box Information System Information N
67. IP Class of Service priority level 0 7 Click on the drop down list and select the internal queue for mapping Options are SPQ 0 SPQ 1 SPQ 2 WFQ 3 Deny Mode Select to Pass or Deny the packet Query Profile Selection Queue Select Traffic Descriptor Configured This field shows current traffic descriptor configured Select to Modify Traffic To modify the traffic descriptor click on this drop down list and Descriptor select the new traffic descriptor WFQ or SFQ 131 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Note there is some restriction to make strict priority works The CIR of bound CIR CIREIR traffic descriptor for SPQ type queues must be less than or equal to 50M bps Under this limitation the VDSL link downstream priority will work fine won t be instable like sometimes WFQ queue has higher priority than SPQ queue or different SPQ queues do not have strict priority relation 132 7 SNMP 7 1 SNMP Community 7 2 SNMP Target 7 3 SNMP Notify 133 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 7 4 SNMP Community This option allows you to configure the SNMP community that is the group that VC 2402s and management stations running SNMP belong to It helps define where information is sent The community name is used to identify the group and serve as form of authentication From the SNMP menu click on SNMP Community The following page is displayed SNMP Community Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Creati
68. Index Valid values 0 19 Type Mandatory lt freq gt Frequency Valid values 0 65535 Units kHz Effective Range 0 65535 kHz Default value 1 KHz Type Mandatory lt psdLevel gt PSD Level Valid values 1400 125 Units 0 1 dBm Hz Step 0 5 dBm Hz Effective Range 140 0 to 12 5 dBm Hz Default value 140 00 dBm Hz Type Mandatory 13 5 30 lineconfprofile usOmask Description Configure USO band masks of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile usOmask lt name gt adsl2m lt vdsl2a gt lt vdsl2b gt Parameter Name Description lt name gt Profile Name Valid values 32 characters Type Mandatory lt adsl2m gt USO mask of Annex M Valid values bitmap e eu36 0 e eu40 1 eu44 2 287 VDSL2 IP DSLAM eu48 3 eu52 4 eu56 5 eu60 6 eu64 7 Default value 0x000000FF lt vdsl2a gt USO mask of Annex A Valid values bitmap eu32 0 eu36 1 eu40 2 eu44 3 48 4 eu52 5 eu56 6 eu60 7 eu64 8 ds1 10 ds9 11 Default values 0x00000DFF lt vdsl2b gt USO mask of Annex B Valid values bitmap US 0 e US e US 2 Default values 0x00000007 13 5 31 lineconfprofile vdsl2freqplan Description Configure VDSL2 Frequency Plan of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile vdsl2freqplan name value Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory value VDSL2 Frequency Pla
69. Interface Description GBE1 GBE2 Gigabit Ethernet trunk port 1 2 MGMT Ethernet Port connected to LAN for providing system out band EMS Telnet control interface such as system monitor control or software upgrade CID RS 232 port connected to the terminal for monitoring and controlling the trunk card HK ALM RJ 50 connector for four housekeeping inputs and one alarm contact output POTS RJ 21 connector 50 pin dual row header for connecting POTS lines LINE RJ 21 connector 50 pin dual row header for connecting DSL lines Button Description ACO Alarm Cut Off RST A hidden reset button for hardware resetting 1 5 Technical Specifications 24 Port VDSL2 IP DSLAM VC 2402 VC 2402 48 Hardware Specification 1U high box type with a rack mountable enclosure 2 x Gigabit Ethernet Combo ports 10 100 1000 Based T and SFP VDSL2 IP DSLAM Console 1 x RS 232 Serial Port 9600 8 N 1 MGMT 1 x RJ 45 10 100 Ethernet port for local management HK ALM 1 x RJ 50 connector for four housekeeping inputs and one alarm contact output LINE 1 x RJ 21 Connector PHONE 1 x RJ 21 Connector LED Indicators 1x SYS LED 1 X ALM LED 2xLink LEDs 2 x Act LEDs 24 x VDSL LEDs Software Specification gt VDSL VDSL2 functions comply with ITU T G 993 1 and G 993 2 gt Support Packet Transport Mode PTM per G 993 1 and G 993 2 when operating in VDSL mode Support prov
70. Interface ES 11 vo Priority Out gt Create No From 1 To 1 Query Delet E big Outgoing Vian Priority 1 Hh 1 l Table 0 18 VLAN Priority Remark Setup VLAN ID Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create The value of interface index is 1 219 VID the VLAN ID 1 4094 Interface From To Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN priority 0 7 Click on this button to create a new row in the priority table Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority table you want to view No range 1 200 Priority Out Create No From To Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to delete the rows in the priority table Query Delete 65 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt VLAN Priority Regeneration VLANs Priority Re Generation Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark Priority Regen w NextNo 2 Interface Fel M 4 Priority in Priority Out o Create No From 1 To a Query Delete Interfaces Incoming Vian Outgoing Vian Priority Priority 2 3 Table 0 19 VLAN Priority Remark Setup VLAN Priority Regen Label Description Interface From TO Type
71. Loopback State This field shows the status of loopbck test Delt State This field shows the status of DELT Activate loopback When this button appears to be Loopback click on this button to start a loopback test The system will send a specific data string to the VDSL modem Activate Delt Click on Delt to start a DELT Carrier Data Click on Query to view the carrier data Hlin Click on Query to view the HLin Delt amp Band Parameter Click on Query to view DELT amp Band Parameter 126 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 9 VDSL POST State This option allows you to view the VDSL POST power on self test state of the three DSP chips in the DSLAM Note that this option is for super user only From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL POST State The following page is displayed VDSL POST State Item Chip 1 Chip2 Chip 3 POST State NO TEST 2 BME Status Equiped Equiped Equiped HIC Host BME Connection Test PASS PASS PASS BME Core amp Mem EMI Initialization PASS PASS PASS PIO SDRAM Read Write Tests PASS PASS PASS BSDRAM Address Data Bus Connection Tests PASS PASS PASS Memory to Memory BME DMA Tests PASS PASS PASS External Memory Interface Test PASS PASS PASS BME AFE DDR Bus Connection Tests PASS PASS PASS AFE Register ReadWrite Tests PASS PASS PASS IFE Register Read Write Tests PASS PASS PASS 127
72. Loss Of Framing seconds LOSS Loss Of Signal seconds LOPRS Loss Of Power seconds only for far end ESS Errored Seconds SESS Severely Errored Seconds UAS Unavailable Seconds Inits Modem Failed Initialization events only for Near End Fixed Octets Fast Count of corrected octets for fast channel Bad blks Fast Count of uncorrectable blocks for fast channel Fixed Octes Slow Count of corrected octets for slow channel Bad blks Slow Count of uncorrectable blocks for slow channel MonSecs This field shows the time in seconds that has elapsed since the PM statistics calculation started 172 11 Cluster 11 1 Cluster Config 11 2 Cluster State 173 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 11 1 RMON This option allows you to setup Cluster function which can make a group of NEs network elements work together as a single NE from the management point of view From the Cluster click on Cluster Config The following page is displayed Cluster Configuration Previous Command Result Success Cluster Configuration Modify Items Configuration Modify Management IP address 0 0 0 0 Pp iP ie jp Management Netmask 0 0 0 0 p b pp Management Gateway 0 0 0 0 PP P IP Cluster Interface Selection GBE In Band GBE n Ban gt Priority 0x0 op Name dummy 7 Domain nodomain frodomain 0 Cluster Version 2 0 0 3 Cluster Protocol Disabled Disable gt Configured Roles
73. MAC table per system 1 4095 MAC addresses per trunk bridge port with a limitation of maximum 4096 MACs for total number assigned to two trunk interfaces 0 512 MAC addresses per line bridge port 4 Provision able aging time for MAC address table with a default of 300 seconds on a per bridge port basis The uplink interfaces support Spanning Tree Protocol STP per IEEE 802 1D and Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol RSTP per IEEE 802 1w Support DHCP Server IP allocation to DSL users DHCP transparent forward and DHCP relay agent option 82 functionality the value within Agent Circuit ID and Agent Remote ID sub options are configurable Support IEEE 802 1q Port based VLAN and Protocol based VLAN Support 512 active VLANs simultaneously and the VLAN ID ranges from 1 to 4094 Support 2 layers VLAN stacking Q in Q Support VLAN translation Support port isolation functionality When port isolation is enabled no Layer 2 bridging between different ports or subscriber lines is supported in a VLAN Support static VLAN group and membership provisioning per bridge port basis Support configuring a port to be VLAN transparent i e enabled for TLS Support Multicast forwarding with IGMP Snooping v1 RFC 1112 and v2 RFC 2236 and Multicast MAC address mapping Support up to 512 concurrent IGMP groups multicast channels per system and a multicast channel has a maximum of 512 copies Support profile based Multicast Access
74. Mandatory Priority Valid values 0 7 Default value 0 Type Mandatory Description Configure out band management channel settings Syntax Parameter Name management mgmt lt ip gt lt netmask gt lt default_gateway gt management mgmt default gateway lt default_gateway gt Description 242 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt gt address for outband management channel Default value 192 168 1 1 Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask Default value 255 255 255 0 Type Optional default gateway Default gateway IP address Default value 192 168 1 254 Type Optional Mandatory 13 3 114 outband route add lt network gt netmask lt netmask gt gateway gateway Description Add an out band route Syntax outband route add network netmask lt netmask gt gateway gateway Parameter Name Description network Destination network address Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask value Type Mandatory lt gateway gt Gateway Type Mandatory 13 3 115 outband route delete lt network gt netmask lt netmask gt Description Delete an out band route Syntax outband route delete lt network gt netmask lt netmask gt Parameter Name Description lt network gt Destination network address Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask value Type Mandatory 13 3 116 priority list Description Enter Priority List Mode Syntax priority list Parameter None 13 3 117 profile alarm Description Enter Al
75. Model VC 2402 VC 2402 48 Rev 1 0 Mar 2009 Part No EM VC2402 v1 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Table of Contents Introduction 1 1 Introduction 2 1 1 SErod ct Fealliles sse u u eee tdeo Maa ae 2 1 2 Package Contents ss ode delit tdi oe a etin fut ee dado 3 1 3 Applieatior eerte eee eve e peer ci gere vec et ese aget Eye 3 1 4 QUtlOOK Com 3 1 5 Technical een 4 2 Web Configuration Tool Overview 9 2 1 Accessing Web Configuration 10 2 2 About Web Configuration Tool Pages and Access Permissions 12 2 3 Operating Examples dep aps ete oa afro 15 3 System 18 T Boxlnformation iier eterne eret tenti eoe dnte eel RR e REIR Re PARU eR ays 19 3 2 dift Prat Dese 20 3 3 NI Trunk Setups scien e Ch 21 34 re ere erige ure E x e RR E ee 23 3 5 Systemi INVEMLOMY fs 24 oA rii T TT aaa 25 dur Q tband IP ates 26 222 lt aen tein sa p Cau aaa ma
76. North Sumatra Time 07 00 South Smatra Time 07 00 West Australian Standard Time 07 30 Java Time 08 00 China Coast Time 08 00 08 00 08 00 09 00 09 00 09 30 09 30 10 00 10 00 10 00 10 30 10 30 11 00 12 00 12 00 12 00 HongKong Standard Time West Australian Daylight Time WST Japan Standard Time Korean Standard Time Central Australian Standard Time South Australian Standard Time JDT Guam Standard Time East Australian Standard Time Central Austrlian Daylight Time South Australian Daylight Time East Australian Daylight Time New Zealand Time New Zealand Standard Time International Date Line East 13 00 New Zealand Daylight Time Default value GMT Type Mandatory Set timezone to default GMT UTC Type Mandatory Description Configure uplink mode Syntax Parameter Name la nonla 13 3 191 vlan uplink mode conf la uplink mode conf nonla Description Link aggregation enabled Type Mandatory Link aggregation disabled Type Mandatory Description Create empty VLAN add disable to delete empty VLAN Syntax Parameter Name lt vlanid gt vlan lt vlanid gt disable Description VLAN ID 268 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 269 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 4 XDSL Interface Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under XDSL Interface Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure comm
77. Pass Pass Pass Pass gt Type in the internal queue value 0 3 and select Pass or Deny filter 55 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 5 2 Static VLAN This option allows you to configure the static VLAN From the Bridge menu click on VLAN Configuration and then Static VLAN The Static VLAN page is displayed You can choose to list the VLAN table by Member Set or Interface Click on the List By drop down list and select Interface All or Member Set Creating Static VLAN In the Creation Area select a bridge port you want to create the VLAN for select the values for Tagged and Isolated parameters and type in the VLAN ID Then click on Create button to create the VLAN containing the bridge port member you just selected You can also select the Create Empty VLAN checkbox to create a VLAN without any bridge port member see the following figure Static VLAN Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Creation Area Create Physical Port VID Tagged Isolated Gigabit IV Create Empty VLAN Query Table Query Page Number Query VID Index List Member Set v Quy Physical Port Tagged Isolated PVID Igmp Select to Value Delete Modify EMPTY Delete Modify Table 0 12 Static Creation Label Description Physical Port Select the bridge port Type in the V
78. Port7 01 Idle NA NA NA Port8 Idle NA NA NA Port 9 of Idle NA NA NA Port 10 11 01 Idle NA INA Port 12 Of 13 of Idle NA NA NA Port 14 Of Port 15 Of Idle NA NA NA Port 16 Or Ide INA NA 17 Idle NA NA NA VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 5 VDSL Line Status This option allows you to view the VDSL line status From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Line Status The following page is displayed VDSL Line Status Physical Site VTUC Physical Porc Porto gt Query Physical Site VTUR ical Port 1 Physical Port 1 Port AdminState AdminState OpState Data OpState Data SnrMgn 7 30 dB SnrMgn 12 40 dB Attenuation 0 20 dB Attenuation 88 30 dB Output 10 60 dBm Output 6 40 dBm power power Attainable 119252 kbps Attainable 62924 kbps rate rate Line Rate 119252 kbps Line Rate 57124 kbps OH Rate 4 kbps OH Rate 4 kbps Actual TU G993 2 17a Actual ITU G993 2 17a OpMode OpMode Current PTM Current PTM Framing Framing Mode Mode OpCapability ADSL Annex A DSL2 Annex AADSL2 OpCapability VDSL ANSI ITU G993 2 Annex AADSL2 Annex MADSL2 Annex 8a ITU G993 2 8b ITU LVDSLANSIYDSL ITU 993 1 VDSL IEEE 2993 2 8c ITU G993 2 Click on the drop down list to select the circuit number and then click on Query The
79. RMON alarm sample type includes ABSOLUTE the value of the selected variable will be compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the SampleType sampling interval DELTA the value of the selected variable at the last sample will be subtracted from the current value and the difference compared with the thresholds Set the alarm type that may be sent Options are Startup by Rising Startup by Falling and Start up by Both Rising or Both If the first sample after this entry becomes valid is greater than or equal to the Rising Threshold then a single rising alarm will be generated Falling or Both If the first sample after this entry becomes valid is less than or equal to the Falling Threshold then a single falling alarm will be generated Value This field shows the value of the monitored data Rise Threshold RMON alarm rising threshold 04294967295 This index is used when a rising threshold is crossed You must refer to the index of RMON Event table If there is no corresponding entry in the Event table then no association exists Fall Threshold RMON alarm falling threshold 04294967295 This index is used when a falling threshold is crossed You must refer to the index of RMON Event table If there is no corresponding entry in the Event table then no association exists Rise Event Index Fall Event Index Following figure shows an example of RMON alarm for ABSOLUTE sample type
80. S Tag priority is replaced with this line bport s default priority value but when VLAN Mode TLS the packet s C Tag priority is replaced instead and the S Tag will be removed from the packet before it is sent out Ex If the line bport s default VLAN ID and priority is 5 5 VLAN Tagging mode is tagged When VLAN Mode 7 TLS Original S VID V Pri and Result VID V Pri C VID V Pri 5 1 2 2 2 5 When VLAN Mode QinQ Original S VID V Pri and Result S VID V Pri and C VID C VID V Pri V Pri 5 1 2 2 5 5 2 2 ForcePriorityMode 37 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Force both Combine the rules of Ingress and Egress Enable disable MAC learning ability Sometimes you can MacLearning disable MAC learning on specified bridge port This function is for 1 1 VLAN translation scenario Create Click on this button to create a new entry in the table Line Bridge Port for Packet Mode This field shows the bridge port index The bridge port index can be calculated by the following formula GBE1 User Port 1 GBE2 gt User Port 2 Link Aggregation bridge port User Port 3 User Port Line side gt User port phyport id 24 bridge port id 1 3 where phyport id Circuit ID 1 24 bridge port id PVC ID of a circuit 1 8 for bridge port Select an entry in the table select the checkbox and then Delete click o
81. Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Destination Net Mask Gateway ENS o0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e e ie col Table 0 4 Inband IP Routes Setup Label Description ADD Click on this button to add a new IP route Delete Click on the radio button to select a route and then click on this button to delete this route from the table Destination Type in the destination IP address for the new IP route Net Mask Type in the subnet mask for the new IP route Gateway Type in the IP address of the gateway for the new IP route 26 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 8 SNTP This option allows you to setup the Simple Network Time Protocol SNTP From the System menu click on SNTP The following page is displayed Simple Network Time Protocol Previous Command Result Normal Modify Select Time Zone GMT 400 00 Greenwich Mean Time m Time Zone GMT System Date 2007 08 31 System Time oa 1119 Polling Interval 600 SNTP Server address 51 306 115 2 Table 0 5 SNTP Setup Label Description Sets the local time zone by selecting in the Time Zone drop down list Sixty six of the world s time zones are presented including those using standard time and summer daylight savings time Select Time Zone System Date Sets system date yyyy mm dd System Time Sets system time hh mm ss Polling Inte
82. Table The Entry Setup area is for setting the parameter value of the entries in the table The Data Table is for listing the setting of each interface bridge port Often there is a checkbox for each port By clicking on the checkbox you can specify which entry to be modified or deleted In the above example to create a new entry in the Data Table firstly you must select the parameter values in the Entry Setup area and then click on Create button You can remove an entry from the Data Table by clicking on the Select to delete checkbox of that entry and then click on Delete VDSL2 IP DSLAM In some pages the Entry Setup area is located at the top inside the Data Table Inband IP Routes Previous Command Result Normal Entry setup area Page of 2 ADDI Inband IP 192 168 5 3 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 VDSL2 IP DSLAM In some pages you modify the data directly in the Data Table IGMP Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Modify values directly in the data table BC Older host present interval MRT Max Response Time LMQT Last Member Query Time The Query and times are configured as follows Query Interval gt Max Response Time 3 System 3 1 Box Information 3 2 System Information 3 3 NT Trunk Setup 3 4 LT Circuit Setup 3 5 System Inventory 3 6 Inband IP Routes 3 7 Outband IP Routes 3 8 SNTP 3 9 User Administra
83. The following page is displayed Click on the Remark drop down list and select a type of VLAN Priority Remark including Type of Service IP Source IP Destination MAC Source MAC Destination VLAN ID VLAN Priority Regeneration and DSCP Priority Regeneration Note when system is in LACP mode do not set DSCP and TOS priority remark at the same time for the same bridge port Because some bits of DSCP and of TOS overlap VLAN Priority Remark VPRI Remark Select Md VLAN Priority Remark Table 1 Type of Service TOS Remark 2 IP Source Remark 3 IP Destination Remark 4 MAC Source Remark 5 MAC Destination Remark 6 VLAN ID Remark 7 VLAN Priority Regen Re Generation 8 DSCP Priority Regen Re Generation 59 VDSL2 IP DSLAM TOS VLAN TOS Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark TOS NextNo 2 Interface From 4 vo TOS z Priority Out ga Create No From t To 1 No Interfaces Incoming Outgoing Vian TOS Priority nn 1 E Table 0 13 VLAN Priority Remark Setup TOS Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From Tos The value of interface index is 1 219 In order to provide basic support for classes of service to the Internet Protocol The IP protocol header contains what is known as the ToS Type of Servic
84. VDSL Channel Status VDSL Failure State VDSL Test VDSL POST State Traffic Profile Traffic Descriptor 13 VDSL2 IP DSLAM VPMT Profile SNMP SNMP Community SNMP Target SNMP Notify Maintenance SYS Log Server Database Firmware Update Boot Loader Update Fault Management Alarm Event Alarm Profile Hardware Temp Performance Interface Counter Monitoring RMON Summary of Performance Statistics xDSL Day Interval Interval Statistics Day Statistics Cluster Cluster Config Cluster State Logout for Superuser only VDSL2 IP DSLAM 2 3 Operating Examples This section explains how to operate in the web pages of this tool Entry Setup area Line Bridge Port Setup for Packet Mode Previous Command Result Success Area for creating a new bridge port in Packet Mode Physical VPMT VID MaxMac V Pri VLAN AgingTime ingress Acceptable Isolation VLAN Mode ProtocolBaseVlan ForcePriorityMode MacLearning Port Profile Tagging Filter Frame er xm pp 1 zb SO x fe e Physical Port User VPMT AgingTime MaxMac Pri Ingress ProtocolBaseVlan ForcePriorityMode MacLearni Port Profile i Filter Frame 95 z po Pi On y Este v Disable gt F Data
85. age number stp max age default Parameter Name Description number STP max age value Valid values 6 40 seconds Default value 20 Type Mandatory default Set STP max age value to default Type Mandatory 13 3 172 stp priority Description Set STP priority Syntax stp priority number stp priority default Parameter Name Description number STP priority value Valid values 0 61440 step 4096 Default value 61440 Type Mandatory default Set STP priority value to default Type Mandatory 260 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 173 stp version rstp stp stp version rstp stp version stp Parameter None 13 3 174 syslog disable enable Description Disable or enable syslog service default setting is disabled syslog disable syslog enable Syntax Parameter None 13 3 175 syslog max file size size Description Set the maximum size of the log file for syslog Syntax syslog max file size lt size gt Parameter Name Description lt size gt Size 16 1024 KB Default value 16 KB Type Mandatory 13 3 176 syslog server lt ip gt Description Set syslog server IP address Syntax syslog server lt ip gt Parameter Name Description lt ip gt IP address Default value 192 168 1 1 Type Mandatory 13 3 177 system dump Description Dump system to a FTP server Syntax system dump lt ip gt lt username gt lt password gt lt string gt Para
86. and DHCP Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 1 Type Mandatory VLAN Stacking Ether Type Valid values 0x8100 0x88A8 Default value 0x8100 Type Mandatory MAC address of default gateway for destination MAC address replacing via ARP Valid values MAC address Default value FF FF FF FF FF FF Type Mandatory Enable destination MAC address replacing via ARP Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 VDSL2 IP DSLAM antiArpSpoofing lt antiMacSpoofing gt lt deleteOldMac gt lt vlanTranslationService gt 13 3 180 system info contact Description Modify system contact Syntax Parameter Name Description string System Contact Valid values 0 Type Mandatory Configure Anti ARP Spoofing Valid values 0 disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Configure Anti MAC Spoofing Valid values 0 disable 1 enable Default value 1 Type Mandatory Enable disable delete old MAC Valid values O stop learning 1 delete the oldest learned MAC address Default value 0 disable delete old MAC function Type Mandatory Enable VLAN translation service Valid values 0 disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory system info contact string 255 characters ASCII CODE 0x01 Ox7F Default value Contact Type Mandatory 13 3 181 system info location Description Modify system location Syntax Parameter Name Description string System Lo
87. bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory precedence IP Precedence Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 14 12 tos index disable Description Disable a ToS IP Precedence VLAN priority remark entry Syntax tos index disable Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 14 13 vlanid index prio lt bport gt vlanid Description Configure a VLAN ID VLAN priority remark entry Syntax vlanid index prio bport lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory prio Remark VLAN priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 0 4094 Type Mandatory 13 14 14 vlanid lt index gt disable 341 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Disable a VLAN ID VLAN priority remark entry Syntax vlanid index disable Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 342 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 15 Alarm Profile Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Alarm Profile Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure
88. clear 13 3 8 alarm history clear alarm history clear 13 3 9 clisettings Syntax Parameter Description Configure CLI settings clisettings timeout lt flag gt lt maxSessions gt Name timeout flag lt maxSessions gt 13 3 10 cluster conf Syntax Parameter Description Timeout Valid values 60 65535 seconds 0 no timeout Default value 600 sec Type Mandatory Flag Valid values bitmap showAlarm 0 showEvent 1 Type Optional Maximum CLI sessions Valid values 1 10 sessions Default value 4 Type Optional Description Configure cluster configuration cluster conf ip netmask gateway priority name domain clustered lt slaveOnly gt Name lt gt netmask Description IP Address for Cluster Mangement Default value 0 0 0 0 Type Mandatory Netmask for Cluster Mangement Default value 0 0 0 0 Type Mandatory 221 VDSL2 IP DSLAM gateway priority name domain clustered lt slaveOnly gt 13 3 11 cluster interface Description Gateway for Cluster Mangement Default value 0 0 0 0 Type Mandatory Priority Valid Values 0 0 OxFFFFFFFF Default value 0x0 Type Mandatory Name Valid Values 1 32 characters Default value localhost Type Mandatory Domain Name Valid Values 1 32 characters Default value localdomain Type Mandatory Cluster Protoc
89. click on Submit button Database Configuration Database Control Action H Export ch command FTP Server IP 92168766 FTP Account 0 FTP Password eese Filename wa sssi Boot inband DB 16 test Boot general DB Set active inband DB 16 testl Set active general DB Current Database Status READ SUCCESS Submit Click on Database on the menu tree to refresh Current Database Status While the CLI command file is exported successfully the Current Database Status will show FTP Put Success actually there will be two files config11 and config12 saved 143 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Export binary DB This option allows you to export runtime configuration in binary format to ftp server Type in the FTP server s IP address FTP user name amp password and specify the binary DB file name then click on Submit button Database Configuration Database Control Action DExport binary DB z 19216876 share Co Filename oonfiz2 EN Boot inband DB 16CLI Current Database Status MEMORY WRITE SUCCESS Submit Click on Database on the menu tree to refresh Current Database Status While the binary file is exported successfully the Current Database Status will show FTP Put Success actually there will be two files config21 and config22 saved 144 VDSL2 IP DSL
90. command and the commands in this section 13 15 1 alarm Description Syntax Parameter Configure a alarm profile entry default setting for each alarm is unmask and minor alarm lt alarmid gt mask alarm lt alarmid gt unmask alarm lt alarmid gt major alarm lt alarmid gt minor Name lt alarmid gt mask unmask major minor Description Alarm ID Valid values please see 13 1 4 list alarm table Type Mandatory Mask this alarm Type Mandatory Unmask this alarm Type Mandatory Set alarm level to major Type Mandatory Set alarm level to minor Type Mandatory 343 Appendix A Alarm Table B Event Table 344 A Alarm Table 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 201 301 302 303 601 602 603 604 605 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 Table A 1 Alarm Table Alarm ID Alarm Name Description SYS HOUSEKEEPI House Keeping 1 SYS HOUSEKEEP2 House Keeping 2 SYS HOUSEKEEP3 House Keeping 3 SYS HOUSEKEEPA House Keeping 4 SYS SELFTESTFAILED Self Test Failed SYS ABOVETEMP Temperature Above Threshold 22 0 7 105 SYSFAN Fan Error 222200 ao SYS BELOWTEMP Temperature Below Threshold SYS PIV Product Identification Violation GBE LOS Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal Cluster MasterDuplication Cluster has duplicate Master two Masters exist Cluster MasterOutOfCapacity Cluster is out of capacity Cluster HostUnmanaged Cluster node ente
91. delay DsMinProtection Type in the downstream minimum protection against impulse noise UpMinProtection Type in the upstream minimum protection against impulse noise UpPboControl Click on this drop down list and select to enable or disable Power Back Off 110 VDSL2 IP DSLAM PBOK1 PBO K2 K1 and K2 parameters allow the user more flexibility in using Upstream Power Back Off UPBO on CPE modem Changing K1 and K2 values will affect the CPE Tx PSD Please refer to VDSL standards for exact relation between K1 K2 parameters and Tx PSD There is a set of K1 K2 parameters associated with each upstream band in the PSD Upstream Band 0 or Optional band Upstream band 1 Upstream band 2 Upstream band 3 Upstream band4 and Upstream Band 5 Setting all K2 parameters to 0 and all K1 to a high power level ie low number will essentially disable UPBO PBO K1 10 0 001 dBm Hz ust 60000 0 001 dBm Hz us2 60000 0 001 dBm Hz usa 60000 0 001 dBm Hz 05410 0 001 dBm Hz 08510 0 001 dBm Hz 10 0 001 dBm Hz 51 15780 0 001 dBm Hz 052110710 0 001 dBm Hz 2 05315400 0 001 dBm Hz 05410 0 001 dBm Hz 510 0 001 dBm Hz PSD Mask Click on the drop down list and select the PSD Mask Options are VENDER DEFAULT PSD ANSI M1 CAB ANSI M2 CAB ETSI M1 CAB ETSI M2 CAB ANNEX F ANSI M1
92. ea sd eoa ie A 306 307 13 7 24 vlan regen incoming lt gt 307 13 7 25 vlan regen incoming disable eene 307 13 7 26 vlan translation index create userVlanid lt uplinkBP gt one to one 307 13 7 27 vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt many to one 308 13 7 28 vlan translation lt index gt delete caen 309 13 7 29 VOM sIndexe oce te ee A Doer De E eta Re Deo 309 Gigabit Interface Config Mode 310 ealo le a Ta a eae Ct d teri t 310 13 62 QOS physical ur au 310 13 8 3 5 ede 310 13 8 4 311 Gigabit Bridge Config Mode Commands 312 15 91 socii ell 88 uk m deas iae 312 13 9 2 AGING OOM iae 312 XII VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 9 3 ics Dee d e ra Pa VER BOE 312 13 9 4 default prio lt gt 312 13 9 5 default Vian lt
93. entry you want to delete before you Sele Pee click on Delete button 93 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 10 IGMP 4 10 1 IGMP Configuration This option allows you to configure the IGMP From the Bridge menu click on IGMP and then GMP Configuration The IGMP Configuration page is displayed IGMP Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Modify IGMP Version IGMP V2 IGMP Mode Normal Snooping IGMP ACL Mode Enable IGMP Leave Mode Normal Leave Timeout Parameters Value 1 500 s Query Query Interval 125 URI Unsolicited Report Interval ia BC Older host present interval MRT Max Response Time LMQT Last Member Query Time 1 7 GMT Group Membership Timeout The Query and times are configured as follows Query Interval gt Max Response Time Table 0 41 IGMP Configuration Label Description Select the IGMP version Options are IGMP OFF IGMP V1 IGMP V2 and IGMP V3 Select the IGMP mode Options are Normal Snooping and Proxy Snooping IGMP Version IGMP Mode Disable or enable ACL mode ACL profile refer to section MP AS Mode 0 will be referred to only when ACL mode is enabled Select the mode of leaving a multicast group Options are IGMP Leave Mode Normal Leave and Fast Leave 94 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Query 1 500 5 The Query Interval is the interval between General Queries sent by th
94. in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 5 1 13 5 2 linealarmconfprofile ne 15min Description Configure near end 15 minute interval PM thresholds Syntax Parameter linealarmconfprofile ne 15min name ess sess uass Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory lt ess gt vdslLineAlarmConfNeThresh15MinESs Valid values 0 900 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory sess vdslLineAlarmConfNeThresh15MinSESs Valid values 0 900 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory uass vdslLineAlarmConfNeThresh15MinUASs Valid values 0 900 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory linealarmconfprofile fe 15min Description Configure far end 15 minute interval PM thresholds Syntax Parameter linealarmconfprofile fe 15min name ess sess uass Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 32 characters Type Mandatory ess vdslLineAlarmConfFeThresh15MinESs Valid values 0 900 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory sess vdslLineAlarmConfFeThresh15MinSESs Valid values 0 900 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory uass vdslLineAlarmConfFeThresh15MinUASs Valid values 0 900 seconds 272 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Default value 0 Type Mandatory 13 5 3 linealarmconfprofile ne 1day Description Configure near end 1 day interval PM thresholds linealarmconfprofil
95. inband DB 22007112009 0725 amp Boot general DB 15 2007 11 22 09 56 15 Setactiveinband DB 220071120090725 v Set active general DB 152007122 09 56 15 v MEMORY WRITE SUCCESS ET 142 VDSL2 IP DSLAM D Clear active DB including inband E Clear active DB including inband and restart These two options allow you to clear inband configuration and control plane configuration general configuration in the active restoration database Warn runtime configuration is also cleared and inband configuration is lost Click on Submit button For action E confirming dialog box will appear on screen click Yes to continue For action E the system will restart and restore to factory default once the database has been cleared F Clear active DB excluding inband G Clear active DB excluding inband and restart These two options allow you to clear control plane configuration general configuration in the active restoration database Warn runtime configuration is also changed Click on Submit button For action G a confirming dialog box will appear on screen click Yes to continue For action C the system will restart and restore to factory default once the database has been cleared H Export CLI command This option allows you to export runtime configuration in CLI command format to ftp server Type in the FTP server s IP address FTP user name amp password and specify the CLI command file name then
96. index Syntax bportbc index Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 128 Default value 1 Type Mandatory 13 9 4 default prio priority Description Set default priority Syntax default prio priority 312 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Name Description priority Priority Valid values 0 7 Default value 0 Type Mandatory 13 9 5 default vlan vlanid Description Set default VLAN ID Syntax default vlan lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Default value 1 Type Mandatory 13 9 6 egress tag untag Description Set Default VLAN egress setting default setting is Untagged Syntax egress tag egress untag Parameter Name Description tag Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory 13 9 7 ingress disable enable Description Set ingress filter mode default setting is ingress filter enabled ingress disable Syntax ingress enable Parameter Name Description disable Disable ingress filter Type Mandatory enable Enable ingress filter Type Mandatory 13 9 8 isolation 313 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Configure default VLAN port isolation default is isolation enabled isolation Syntax isolation disable Parameter Name Description disable Disable default VLAN port isolation Type Mandatory 13 9 9 link mode uplink user Description Configure link
97. index deny lt bport gt ip netmaske 330 13 12 24 srcip index disable essen 331 13 12 25 srcmac index deny bport lt gt 331 13 12 26 srcmac index disable sse 331 13 12 27 Vlancratelitnit tants aura ine esters tends 332 13 13 Traffic Descriptor Mode 5 220 00000000000000000000 333 13 13 1 cir lt index gt cir polling lt gt 2 333 13 13 2 cireir index cir cir polling cbs eir lt gt 333 13 13 93 del amp te Ind8X moet 334 13 13 4 ppr index lt gt lt eenn 334 13 13 5 Wig indexe weight eter a 334 195196 nu ETE 335 e RD EORR eun 335 13 14 Priority List Mode Commands 336 I MEI Ir 336 13 14 2 ds index disable sss 337 13 14 3 dstip index prio lt bport gt ip lt gt 337 13 14 4 dstip index disable essen 338 13 14 5 dstmac index prio bport lt gt 338 13 14 6 dstmac inde
98. list and select the service status of the Internal Rowstatus profile Active NotlnService VTUC ESs VTUC 15 Min Errored Seconds VTUC SESs VTUC 15 Min Severely Errored Seconds VTUC UASs VTUC 15 Min Unavailable Seconds VTUR ESs VTUR 15 Min Errored Seconds VTUR SESs VTUR 15 Min Severely Errored Seconds VTUR UASs VTUR 15 Min Unavailable Seconds DAY VTUC ESs VTUC 1 Day Errored Seconds DAY VTUC SESs VTUC 1 Day Severely Errored Seconds DAY VTUC UASs VTUC 1 Day Unavailable Seconds DAY VTUR ESs VTUR 1 Day Errored Seconds DAY VTUR SESs VTUR 1 Day Severely Errored Seconds DAY VTUR UASs VTUR 1 Day Unavailable Seconds Init Failures Enable Disable the initialization failure notification 121 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 4 VDSL Inventory This option allows you to view the VTUC and VTUR inventory of each line port and you can also see the administrative operational state of each port at the same time From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Inventory The following page is displayed VDSL Inventory Physical Site vruc Click on the Physical Site drop down list to select VTUC or VTUR 122 Physical AdminState OpState Serial Number Vendor ID Version Number Port Port 1 Data IKANOS Fx100100 5 Fx10050 5 b1p1 b500494b4e530000 1 0 7r331K005010 Port of Idle NA NA NA Port3 Idle NA NA NA Port4 Idle NA INA NA Port5 of Idle NA NA NA Port6 of Idle NA NA NA
99. mb P PP P P P Tag BP Tag P Tag Tag PoP PoP oP P svo p c Tag 7 Tag swo lr Tag p Tag Table 0 42 IGMP ACL Profile Configuration Label Description Profile Index This field shows the ACL profile index Value range is 1 24 Type in the maximum allowed number of concurrently active channels Valid value is 0 20 Max IGMP Message Set the maximum number of IGMP messages per second that Max Channel Count Count are allowed to pass through the port 0 65535 default 128 Type in the IGMP group address Valid values 224 0 0 0 IP 239 255 255 255 The range of addresses from 224 0 0 0 to 224 0 0 255 is reserved for the use of routing protocols and other low level topology discovery or maintenance protocols 96 VDSL2 IP DSLAM SVID Type in the VLAN ID that the video server is within Valid value is 1 4094 0 leaving the field ignored UVID Type in the VLAN ID that the video user subscriber is within Valid value is 1 4094 0 leaving the field ignored Ta This checkbox is for selecting VLAN tagged un tagged option 9 of the downstream multicast packets treste Click on this button to create new channels IGMP group address Delete Click on this button to delete channel s IGMP group address Modify Click on this button to apply the m
100. mode default is uplink mode link mode uplink link mode user Parameter None 13 9 10 stpport edge disable enable Description Set edge status default is disabled stpport edge disable stpport edge enable Parameter None 13 9 11 stpport pathcost lt pathcost gt Description Set STP path cost Syntax stpport pathcost lt pathcost gt Parameter Name Description lt pathcost gt Pathcost value Valid values 1 65535 Default value 100 Type Mandatory 13 9 12 stpport priority lt priority gt Description Set STP priority Syntax stpport priority lt priority gt Parameter Name Description lt priority gt STP priority value Valid values 0 61440 step 4096 Default value 128 Type Mandatory 314 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 9 13 vlan vlanid disable Description Delete VLAN member set Syntax vlan lt vlanid gt disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 9 14 vlan Description Configure VLAN member set setting vlan vlanid tag isolation vlan vlanid tag isolation disable Syrax vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 4094 Type Mandatory tag Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory isolation Enable default VLAN port isolation Type Mandatory isolation disable Disable defa
101. negotiate Type Mandatory full 1000mbps Set GBE to 1000Mbps full duplexing Type Mandatory full 100mbps Set GBE to 100Mbps full duplexing Type Mandatory full 10mbps Set GBE to 10Mbps full duplexing Type Mandatory 310 VDSL2 IP DSLAM half 100mbps Set GBE to 100Mbps half duplexing Type Mandatory half 10mbps Set GBE to 10Mbps half duplexing Type Mandatory 13 8 4 uplink mode conf Description Configure uplink mode default is non LACP mode uplink mode conf la Syntax uplink mode conf nonla Parameter Name Description la Link aggregation enabled Type Mandatory nonla Link aggregation disabled Type Mandatory 311 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 9 Gigabit Bridge Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Gigabit Bridge Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 9 1 accfrm all tag Description Configure Acceptable frame type default is all accept all frames Syntax accfrm all accfrm tag Parameter Name Description all Accept all frames Type Mandatory tag Accept tagged frames only Type Mandatory 13 9 2 aging bport Description Configure aging time for a bridge port Syntax aging bport lt time gt Parameter Name Description lt time gt Aging time Valid values 10 600 seconds Default value 300 sec Type Mandatory 13 9 3 bportbc Description Set broadcast rate limit IwPolicer
102. option allows you to configure the RMON alarm setting This table controls the conditions on which alarms occur Click on New to create an entry To modify an entry click on the index to select the entry type in new value and then click on Modify To delete an entry click on the index to select the entry and then click on Delete Remote Monitoring Alarm Previous Command Result Success Next 3 Interval 1800 Select Type Alarm Owner RMON3 OID DropEvents 1 SampleType ABSOLUTE y StartupAlarm RISING Rise Threshola o Rise Event Index o Fall Threshola o Fall Event Index o NEW Dake Que SampleType Sampling ABSOLUTE StartupAlarm Startup By RISING Y n Interval 1800 1800 Owner RMON1 RMON2 OID Variable DropEvents v m pertes lf z Sampling ABSOLUTE Startup By FALLING Y Table 0 5 RMON Alarm setup Value 0 0 RisingThreshold 0 0 FallingThreshold 0 0 RisingEventindex 0 O FallingEventlndex 0 0 Label Description Interval The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the rising and falling thresholds Value range 0 2147483647 0 disable Owner RMON alarm owner max 31 characters OID Click on the drop down list to select ETH statistics variable and index of ETH Statistics table entries 165 VDSL2 IP DSLAM
103. p 916852 91651 2552552550 oon Table 0 39 DHCP Server Profile Setup Label Description Index This field shows the DHCP server profile index Start IP Type in the Start IP of the IP address range End IP Type in the End IP of the IP address range Netmask Type in the network mask Gateway Type in the IP address of the default gateway DNS1 Type in the IP address of the DNS server 1 DNS2 Type in the IP address of the DNS server 2 Lease Time in the DHCP lease time sec Valid value is 300 86400 90 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 9 4 DHCP Server Profile Select This option allows you to configure the DHCP server profile binding From the Bridge menu click on DHCP and then DHCP Server Profile Select The following page is displayed DHCP Server Profile Select Previous Command Result Normal DHCP Server Profile Bind Select Page Number 1 _ Modity Physical Port Profile Index Profile Select Select to modify Port3 DEFVAL Modify Port 1 PacketMode DEFVAL Modify Click on Select to modify checkbox of the bridge interface you want to configure and click on the Profile Select drop down list to select the profile you want to bind for this interface Then click on Modify button to apply 91 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 9 5 DHCP Clients List This option allows you to view current DHCP clients list including the information of assig
104. show eenn 196 13 2 28 show dhop server profile 196 13 2 29 show 196 13 2 30 show trafdesc 197 1 3 223 1 SMOW Stan casi tortor 197 13 2 32 shiow e e ec 197 13 2 33 show firmware 197 13 2 34 show firmware 197 13 2 35 SHOW NUD cave fede E A nee Eye Ee ue talent 198 13 82 26 SHOW IOM 198 78 23 SOW QMO ce ist nae been ts 198 13 2 38 show IQMP group i 3 b eR CR 198 13 2 39 SNOW IGMP group 198 13 2 40 show igmp 199 13 2 41 show interface DMG et aat toot op etr ecco 199 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 42 show interface counter esses 199 13 2 43 show interface gigabit portNo bridge 199 13 2 44 show interface gigabit lt portNo gt 200 13 2 45 show interface gigabit portNo
105. syslog and SNMP trap Type Mandatory log Only syslog Type Mandatory none No alarm Type Mandatory trap Only SNMP trap Type Mandatory 13 3 136 rmon history index buckets requested numbers Description Set RMON history buckets requested 249 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax rmon history index buckets requested number Parameter Name Description index RMON history control entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory number RMON history buckets requested Valid values 1 65535 Type Mandatory 13 3 137 rmon history index delete Description Delete a RMON history entry Syntax rmon history index delete Parameter Description index RMON history control entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 3 138 rmon history index ifc lt ifc gt Description Set RMON history physical interface Syntax rmon history index ifc ifc Parameter Name Description index RMON history control entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory ifc Physical interface index Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 13 3 139 rmon history lt index gt interval lt number gt Description Set RMON history interval Syntax rmon history index interval number Parameter Name Description index RMON history control entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory number RMON history interval Valid values 1 3600 seconds Type Mandatory
106. temperature threshold Valid values 40 15 degrees Centigrade Default value 40 Type Mandatory 13 3 187 temperature threshold up lt threshold gt Syntax 13 3 188 time set Syntax Parameter Description Parameter Description Set upshift temperature threshold temperature threshold up lt threshold gt Name lt thresholdr gt Set date time Description Downshift temperature threshold Valid values 55 85 degrees Centigrade Default value 65 Type Mandatory time set date lt month gt lt day gt lt year gt time set time lt hour gt lt minute gt time set time lt hour gt lt minute gt lt second gt Name lt month gt lt day gt lt year gt lt hour gt minute second Description Month Valid values 1 12 Type Mandatory Day Valid values 1 31 Type Mandatory Year Valid values 0 99 Type Mandatory Hour Valid values 0 23 Type Mandatory Minute Valid values 0 59 Type Mandatory Second Valid values 0 59 Type Mandatory 266 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 189 time set timezone Description Set time zone time set timezone timezone Syntax time set timezone default Parameter Name Description timezone Timezone Valid values Given below IDL IDLW NT AHST BDT CAT YST HDT PST YDT MST PDT CST MDT EST CDT AST EDT NFT ADT BRA GWST AT WAT GMT WET UT UTC CET BST MET MEWT SWT FWT EET MEST FST
107. the DSLAM acts as a DHCP server Syntax dhcp static ip index create ip mac Parameter Description Name Description index Index Valid values 1 432 Type Mandatory lt gt IP Address to be allocated Type Mandatory mac Corresponding MAC Address Type Mandatory 13 6 10 dhcp static ip index delete Description Delete a Static DHCP IP Mapping entry Syntax dhcp static ip index delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 432 Type Mandatory 293 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 11 egress tag untag Description Set Default VLAN egress setting Syntax egress tag egress untag Parameter Name Description tag Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory 13 6 12 igmpaclprofile lt index gt Description Set IGMP ACL profile index Syntax igmpaclprofile index Parameter Name Description index IGMP ACL Profile Index Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 6 13 ingress disable enable Description Set ingress filter mode ingress disable ingress enable Parameter Name Description disable Disable ingress filter Type Mandatory enable Enable ingress filtery Type Mandatory Syntax 13 6 14 isolation Description Configure default VLAN port isolation isolation isolation disable Parameter Name Description disable Disable default vlan port isolation Type Mandatory 294 Syntax VDSL2 IP D
108. the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then LACP Configuration The following page is displayed LACP mand Result Normal LACP System State Items Values Config Items Values Bridge ifindex mapping 3 Actor Admin Key MAC Address 100 00 00 00 00 00 Actor Priority p Aggregate or Individual Aggregate ActorOperKey 1 PartnerSystemiID 02 05 65 71 1B 44 PartnerSystemPriority 21845 PartnerOperKey 1 Table 0 7 LACP Configuration LACP System Label Description This field shows the bridge interface index of the LACP interface The value is 3 Bridge ifindex mapping This field shows a 6 octet value carrying the individual MAC MAC Address address assigned to the Aggregator Admin Key of the Actor read only The Admin Key is the current administrative value of the Key for the Aggregator The administrative Key value may differ from the operational Key value The meaning of particular Key values is of local ABO Admin Rey significance Valid value 0 0000 OxFFFF Hex Note Actor is the local entity in a Link Aggregation Control Protocol exchange Partner is the remote entity in a Link Aggregation Control Protocol exchange Type in the System Priority of the Actor System Priority is a Actor Priority value indicating the priority value associated with the Actor s System ID Valid value 0 65535 Aggregate or Indicating whether the Aggregation Port is able to Aggregate Individual or is only a
109. the RMON event setting Click on New to create an entry To modify an entry click on the index to select the entry type in new value and then click on Modify To delete an entry click on the index to select the entry and then click on Delete Remote Monitoring Event Previous Command Result Success Select Type Event Next 4 Description Descriptiond Community amp Owner RMON4 Event Type NONE NEW Modify Delet m Index j Description Description Description2 Description eventType Loc v SNMPTRAP LocaNDTRAP v Community Communityl Coramunity2 3 LastTimeSent 0 0 0 Owner RMON1 RMON2 RMON3 Table 0 6 RMON Event setup Label Description Description Type in comment describing the event If an SNMP trap is to be sent it will be sent to the SNMP Community community specified this column Owner Type in the RMON event owner Click on the drop down list and select event type Options are Event Tvpe NONE LOG an entry is made in the log table for each event SNMPTRAP an SNMP trap is sent to one or more management stations LOGANDTRAP log and send trap LastTimeSent The value of System Up Time at the time this event entry last generated an event 168 VDSL2 IP DSLAM LOG This option allows you to query the RMON LOG Click on Query button to display the log On
110. us ase Sa 27 3 9 User Adrinistratloricc aor aa iya Radars 28 3 10 Login Users rote ER 29 3 11 Operational 30 3 12 System Restart ct carat taedet tere Et A 31 4 Bridge 32 4 1 33 4 2 System AddOnService Configuration 2 34 4 3 Secured Forwarding oim ete icq en dosi im east aset 35 4 4 nterface Set crusninta a a a rere a 36 44 1 Packet Bridge Port I ee t 36 4 4 2 ATM Bridge Port 39 AALS Trunk Bridge Port Mas 42 AeA Ae UDAGEEGOBIQUILODE au 44 4 4 5 Rate Limit Police Profle e ee pee aree eade tea neta ie 48 44 6 Bridge Port Policer Select dec tnter hi cent ee 51 44 7 Bridge VLAN Policer 2 222224 52 4 4 8 Bridge Port Broadcast Policer 02 2 2222 22 4 2 2 4 22 54 4 5 csi e podeis oie Sete dennoch cac 55 4 5 1 Trunk Priority etu 55 4 5 2 St
111. values 2 32 Type Mandatory 13 3 160 snmp index notify lt name gt lt tag gt Description Configure a SNMP notify Syntax snmp lt index gt notify lt name gt lt tag gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory lt name gt Notify name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory lt tag gt Notify tag Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 161 snmp lt index gt notify delete Description Delete a SNMP notify Syntax snmp lt index gt notify delete 257 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory 13 3 162 snmp target Description Configure a SNMP target snmp index target ip port name tag v1 Syntax snmp index target ip port lt name gt tag v2c Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 32 Type Mandatory ip Target IP address Type Mandatory port Target port Valid values 1 65535 Type Mandatory lt name gt Target name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory lt tag gt Target tag list Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory vl Send version 1 trap Type Mandatory v2c Send version 2c trap Type Mandatory 13 3 163 snmp lt index gt target delete Description Delete a SNMP target Syntax snmp index target delete Parameter Name Description index Ind
112. vc Description Display virtual circuits Syntax show interface xdsl lt portNo gt vc Parameter Name Description portNo XDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 2 59 show interface xdsl lt portNo gt vlan Description Display VLAN information Syntax show interface xdsl lt portNo gt vlan Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt XDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 202 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 60 show interface xdsl bridge Description Show bridge information Syntax show interface xdsl bridge Parameter None 13 2 61 show interface xdsl counter Description Show XDSL Ethernet counter Syntax show interface xdsl counter Parameter None 13 2 62 show interface xdsl line information Description Show XDSL line information Syntax Parameter show interface xdsl line information lt portNo gt Name Description lt portNo gt XDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 all xdsl ports Type Mandatory 13 2 63 show interface xdsl vc Description Show virtual circuits Syntax Parameter show interface xdsl vc None 13 2 64 show interface xdsl vdsl chan Description Show VDSL Channel Table Syntax Parameter show interface xdsl vdsl chan lt portNo gt vdslPhysSide lt vdslChannelType gt Name Description lt portNo gt vdsl Port number Valid values 24 0 all xdsl ports Type Mandatory lt vdslPhysSide gt vdslPhysSide Valid valu
113. xdsl VC 203 13 2 64 show interface xdsl vdsl 203 13 2 65 show interface xdsl vdsl 2 444 204 13 2 66 show interface xdsl vdsl 1 5 204 13 2 67 show interface xdsl vdsl 204 13 2 68 show interface xdsl vdsl 0 205 13 2 69 show interface xdsl vdsl currentStatus 205 13 2 70 show interface xdsl vdsl delt 205 13 2 71 show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlin 444447744 206 13 2 72 show interface xdsl vdsl delt 206 13 2 73 show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlog 2 2 4 0 11 206 13 2 74 show interface xdsl vdsl delt 207 13 2 75 show interface xdsl vdsl delt 207 13 2 76 show interface xdsl vdsl delt 5 207 13 2 77 show interface xdsl vdsl delt state 207 13 2 78 show interface xdsl vdsl inv eese 208 13 2 79 show interface xdsl vdsl line esee 208 13 2 80 show interface xdsl vdsl linealarmconfprofile 208 1
114. 0 3800 RF 3500 4000 RFI 3747 3754 RFI 3791 3805 RFI 7000 7100 RFI 7000 7300 10100 10150 14000 14350 RFI 18068 18168 RFI 1800 1825 RFI 3500 3550 3790 3800 RFI 1800 1810 21000 21450 RFI 24890 24990 RFI 28000 29100 RF 28000 29700 108 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Table 0 1 VDSL Configuration Profile Parameter List Label Description Click on the drop down list and select the profile you want to view modify delete or select CREATE NEW to create a new Query Profile profile you can create up to 24 profiles Note that the default Selection VDSL profile DEFVAL ADSLx Annex A profile ADSL A DEFVAL and ADSLx Annex B profile ADSL B DEFVAL cannot be modified or deleted This field shows the name of the profile Type in profile name Profile Name when you re creating a new profile The allowed characters include 0 9 A Z 2 Click on the drop down list and select the service status of the profile Active NotInService You cannot bind a line port to the Internal RowStatus configuration profile of which the row status is Not In Service The row status of DEFVAL ADSL A DEFVAL and ADSL B DEFVAL profile is always active and not configurable Click on the drop down list and select the VDSL band plan to be used Options are 998 138 8500 Plan 998 138KHz 8500KHz Long Reach 998 138 12000 Plan 998
115. 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 12 1 arpbcast lt bport gt deny Description Configure a ARP broadcast deny access list entry Syntax arpbcast bport deny Parameter Name Description lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory 13 12 2 arpbcast lt bport gt disable Description Disable a ARP broadcast deny access list entry Syntax arpbcast lt bport gt disable Parameter Name Description lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory 13 12 3 bcrate lt vlanid gt lt cir gt lt cbs gt Description Configure broadcast rate limiting Syntax bcrate lt vlanid gt cir lt cbs gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 4094 322 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Type Mandatory cir Committed Information Rate Valid values 1536 bps Default value 80000 bps Type Mandatory cbs Committed Burst Size Valid values 1 1024 ms Default value 40 ms Type Mandatory 13 12 4 bcrate lt vlanid gt disable Description Disable broadcast rate limiting Syntax bcrate vlanid
116. 0 kbps Default value 32 kbps Type Mandatory Maximum downstream data rate for slow channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 200000 kbps Type Mandatory Minimum downstream data rate for slow channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 32 kbps Type Mandatory Maximum upstream data rate for fast channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 200000 kbps Type Mandatory Minimum upstream data rate for fast channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 32 kbps Type Mandatory Maximum upstream data rate for slow channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 200000 kbps Type Mandatory Minimum upstream data rate for slow channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 32 kbps Type Mandatory 277 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 5 11 lineconfprofile deployment Description Configure deployment scenario of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile deployment name scenario Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory scenario VDS
117. 07 08 22 06 54 27 2 WNwuslLineConfProfile Changed profile test 47 2007 08 22 03 18 58 3 wdslLineConfProfile Changed profile test 46 2007 08 22 03 16 11 4 Ww slLineConfProfile Created profile test 45 2007 08 22 03 15 55 5 XDSL DOWN MIN SNR MGN XDSL PHY 1 44 2007 08 21 10 35 07 6 XDSL Port Link Up XDSL PHY 1 43 2007 08 21 10 30 12 7 XDSL Port Enabled XDSL PHY 1 42 2007 08 21 10 29 39 8 w slLineConfProfile Deleted VDSL 30a 41 2007 08 21 10 29 21 9 XDSL Port Binding Changed XDSL 1 40 2007 08 21 10 29 21 10 XDSL Port Disabled XDSL 1 39 2007 08 21 10 29 21 Table 0 3 Event Log Label Description Row This field shows the row number 1 256 Event Description This field shows the description for the event Sequential Number The order number of the event occurred Time Event occurring date and time ACO Click on this button to cut off alarm Clear Event Click on this button to clear the event log 152 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 9 2 Alarm Profile This option allows you to view and update the alarm profiles From the Maintenance menu click on Fault Management and then Alarm profile The Alarm Profile page is displayed Click on the Select Page drop down list and select a page to display To modify an alarm profile click on the radio button next to the alarm ID select the Level Major Minor Mask Unmask and then click on the Modify button You can also select the ALL ID checkbox to modify a
118. 1 Type Mandatory 13 13 6 cbr Description Create or set a Traffic Descriptor to CBR Syntax cbr index pcr Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory pcr Peek Cell Rate Valid values 3000 65536 units cells s Default value 65536 Type Mandatory 13 13 7 ubr Description Create or set a Traffic Descriptor to UBR Syntax ubr index Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory 335 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 14 Priority List Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Priority List Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 14 1 ds Description Configure a Differentiate Service VLAN priority remark entry Syntax Parameter ds index priority lt bport gt default ds index priority lt bport gt af11 ds index priority lt bport gt af12 ds index priority bport af13 ds index priority lt bport gt af21 ds index priority lt bport gt af22 ds index priority lt bport gt af23 ds index priority lt bport gt af31 ds index priority bport af32 ds index priority lt bport gt af33 ds index priority lt bport gt af41 ds index priority lt bport gt af42 ds index priority bport af43 ds index priority lt bport gt e
119. 138KHz 12000KHz High Data Rate 998 640 30000 Plan 998 640KHz 30000KHz 100 100 997 138 8500 Plan 997 138KHz 8500KHz Flex 138 4400 Plan Flex 138KHz 4400KHz 998 138 4400 Plan 998 138KHz 4400KHz 997 138 4400 Plan 997 138KHz 4400KHz 998 138 4400 optBand Plan 998 138KHz 4400KHz optBand Band Plan 997 138 4400 optBand Plan 997 138KHz 4400KHz optBand 998 138 12000 Tones Plan 998 138KHz 12000KHz 4K Tones 997 138 12000 4K Tones Plan 997 138KHz 12000KHz 4K Tones 998 138 17000 Tones Plan 998 138KHz 17000KHz 4K Tones 998 138 30000 Tones 30A Plan 998 138KHz 30000KHz 4K Tones 30A Note if the system supports maximum 5 VDSL bands not 6 bands 30a will not be available You can check in System System Inventory gt VDSL band for how many bands the system supports Click on the drop down list and select the Rate Adaptive Mode Valid options are Rate Mode Manual Rate changed manually AdpatAtStart Rate automatically selected at start up only and does not change after that Click on the drop down list and select the Line Type latency Line Type Options are NoChannel No channels exist 109 VDSL2 IP DSLAM FastOnly Only fast channel exists InterleavedOnly Only interleaved slow channel exists Fast Max Data Rate Downstream Type in the Maximum downstream data rate for fast channel Fast Min Data Rate Downstream Type in Minim
120. 17 2 conse acetone e e abd side n 318 13 11 3 default prio priority eese 318 13 11 4 default vlan lt gt 318 19 11 85 egress tag E 319 13 11 6 ingress disable enable tedesco ente its 319 13 11 ISOLAON e p tee 319 13 11 8 lacp actor admin key lt gt 319 13 11 9 lacp actor system priority lt gt 320 13 141 320 linkmode uplink ix ea vete te oe 320 13 11 11 lt vlanid gt 320 D 320 13 11 13 incoming lt gt 321 13 11 14 vlan regen incoming 321 13 12 Access Control List Mode Commands 000 0 000 0 322 13 12 1 arpbcast bport 322 13 12 2 arpbcast lt bport gt disable esses 322 13 12 3 bcrate vlanid cir lt gt 322 13 12 4 bcrate vlanid disable eenn 323 13 12 5 dstip index deny bport ip netmaske
121. 2 121 show version detail essere 216 13 2 122 ShOW VIanis nite eed sce tete E rv ROTE ib ia eS 216 13 2 123 show vlan regen ener PR ER ER 217 13 2 124 show vlan translation essen 217 13 2 129 217 13 2 120 dtl 217 13 2 127 as 217 13 2 128 enne nennen 217 Configure Mode 2 2 2 219 13 3 1 a6cess llSt i i cssc te t ra ON re P ERR 219 13 3 2 o E umts ek ae iud teni idee 219 13 3 3 account delete cte tt tene exert ire kn eae e RR DER ER ane 219 19 34 account modify aos pem tco eor des 220 E e 220 13 3 0 alarm aco Active e PE 220 13 3 7 alarm event 221 13 3 8 alarm history clear n Pret 221 je uj T HE 221 13 3 10 cluster coht E o OE NR 221 VI VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 11 cluster interface 222 13 3 12 default access list all eese 222 13 3 13 default access list 223 13 3 14 default access list berate
122. 26 19 4 35 deraulbtgbe E Eee bt d ass 226 13 23 96 default gigabit ACD aiuti tos eese 226 13 3 37 default gigabit stpport Een oe A eee ee 226 13 3 38 a vb t 226 13 3 39 dereult IG ipee satietate asa Rida 226 13 39 40 defaultigmp all quet 226 13 9 4T derault IgM PECON usu n cott o ie 227 13 3 42 default igmp ua sauna 227 13 3 43 default 227 13 3 44 default priority list 227 13 3 45 default priority list ds 227 13 3 46 default priority list dstip 227 13 3 47 default priority list 227 13 3 48 default priority list 228 13 3 49 default priority liSt STCrmac uiii eerie tote three 228 13 3 50 default priority list tos 228 13 3 51 default priority list 2
123. 3 2 81 show interface xdsl vdsl lineconfprofile 208 13 2 82 show interface xdsl vdsl loopback 209 13 2 83 show interface xdsl vdsl perf 209 13 2 84 show interface xdsl vdsl perf15min esses 209 13 2 85 show interface xdsl vdsl perflday 209 13 2 86 show interface xdsl vdsl phys 210 13 2 87 show interface xdsl VIAN essen 210 13 2 88 show lacp E ERE EAR ERE yeas gera 210 13 289 SNOW IOgIDIsHSOF 5 4 ta ise ipa Eie 210 13 2 90 5hbw management eo oio em ciet et tht etian an manne 210 13 3 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 91 show outband route depre enc eh qb ee 211 13 2 92 show priority list M 211 13 2 93 show priority list 211 13 2 94 show priority list dStmac 211 13 2 95 show priority list 211 13 2 96 show priority list 212 1322 97 Show priority liSt TOS tte ntt payaqa 212 13 2 98 show priority list vlanid tor 212 13 2 99 show prof
124. 43 rmon statistic index owner lt gt 2 251 13 3 144 route add network netmask lt netmask gt gateway gateway 252 13 3 145 route delete network netmask netmaske 252 13 3 146 runningcfg clear all 252 13 3 147 runningcfg clear binary cli text 253 13 3 148 runningcfg get ip username password binary cli string 253 13 3 149 runningcfg import binary cli 253 13 3 150 runningcfg import download binary 254 13 3 151 runningcfg put ip username password binary cli string 254 13 3 152 runningcfg restore index U rhe reb 255 13 3 153 runningcfg restore harm cene bete tenere beet dep Coda ni deu pae na neos 255 13 3 154 runningcfg save eret prone rea e ue ERR Re ORE REESE 255 13 3 155 setenv script delay eerie 256 13 9 156 setenvpagefiller 4 eios a eset aot lcg pace 256 13 4 13 5 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 157 setenv 256 13 3 158 snmp lt index gt community eiecti 257 13 3 159 snmp lt index gt community 0 257 13 3 160 snmp lt in
125. 5 dBm Effective Range 0 63 75 dBm Default value 63 75 dBm Type Mandatory up VDSL line upstream maximum power Valid values 0 6375 Units 0 01 dBm Step 0 25 dBm Effective Range 0 63 75 dBm Default value 63 75 dBm Type Mandatory 13 5 17 lineconfprofile minprot Description Configure minimal protection of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile minprot lt name gt down up Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory down VDSL line downstream minimum protection against impulse noise Valid values 0 31875 Units 1 us Step 125 us Effective Range 0 31875 us Default value 0 us Type Mandatory up VDSL line upstream minimum protection against impulse noise 280 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 0 31875 Units 1 us Step 125 us Effective Range 0 31875 us Default value 0 us Type Mandatory 13 5 18 lineconfprofile ohmrate Description Configure overhead rate of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile ohmrate name up down Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory up VDSL line upstream overhead rate Valid values 4 64 Units kbps Effective Range 4 64 kbps Default value 4 kbps Type Mandatory down VDSL line downstream overhead rate Valid values 4 64 Units kbps Effective Range
126. 7 show access list berate 192 13 2 8 show access list 192 13 2 9 show access list 192 13 2 10 show access list iwpolicer 193 13 2 11 show access list 44 1 193 13 2 12 show access list mcfldrate sss 193 13 2 13 show access list netbios esses 193 13 2 14 show access list srcip essen 194 13 2 15 show access list I 194 13 2 16 show 194 19 2 77 Show AC ING cea catt E moe S 194 13 2 18 shiow alarm ete Pec etate ig P RR eq Cu RR RU a 194 13 2 19 show alarm 194 13 2 20 show alarm event 195 19 2 SOW alarm Nu a N a uusha AM emn as 195 13 2 22 show bootloader Eee rt t t a 195 13 2 23 ShoW CIISeTlngs s oem catu ete oae Ga ssp d rA 196 13 2 24 6 eee a e b ee 196 13 2 25 SNOW COU ARE NR EVER ER RR Avene 196 13 2 26 show dhop clients 196 13 2 27
127. AM J Import CLI command K Import CLI command and restart These two options allow you to import database in CLI command format from ftp server and set it to the active restoration database Warning system will restart for action K Type in FTP server IP address FTP user name amp password CLI command file name and then click on Submit button After the DB has been imported successfully you must wait several minutes for the system to restart for action K L Import binary DB M Import binary DB and restart These two options allow you to import database in binary format from ftp server and set it to the active restoration database Warning system will restart for action M Type in FTP server IP address FTP user name amp password binary DB file name and then click on Submit button After the DB has been imported successfully you must wait several minutes for the system to restart for action M Database Control Action Dimpot msyDB FTP Server IP 21676 0 FTP Account pas SS FTP Password eese Filename fone 5 77 7 Generar DE Cs Boot inband DB 16CLI Boot general DB 16 CLI v Set active inband DB 16 CLI Set active general DB 16 CLI v Current Database Status PUT SUCCESS 145 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 8 3 Firmware Update This option allows you to ftp get the firmware from a server and write to flash for updating the system firmware
128. ART 18 lt 5 19 lt 5 21 SYSTEMSNTPTIMEZONECHANGE 23 SYSTEMSNTPPROVISIONCHANGED 25 SYSTEMDATABASESAVINGFAILED 102 ATMCREATEVCL 103 ATMMODIFYVCL 104 ATMDELETEVCL 301 CLUSTER INFO CHANGED 501 XDSL PORT INFO CHANGED 601 XDSL PORT BINDING CHANGED 602 XDSL PORT ENABLED 603 XDSL PORT DISABLED 604 XDSL PORT REENABLED 605 XDSL PORT LINKUP 606 XDSL PORT LINKDOWN 607 m i ll XDSL UINE CONF PROPICE CHANGE 610 XDSL_LINE_ALARM_CONF_PROFILE_ Event Table Description System Restart Download Begin Download Success Download Failed Provision Data Exported Provision Data Imported Provision Data Set To Default Alarm Log Cleared Event Log Cleared RTC date time changed Software ACO Set Software ACO Cleared Alarm Profile changed SNMP Auth Failed FTP Reception Started FTP Reception Completed FTP Reception Incomplete SNTP Time zone Changed SNTP Provision Changed Database Saving Failed ATM VCL Created ATM VCL Modified ATM VCL Deleted Cluster Info Changed XDSL Port Info Changed XDSL Port Binding Changed XDSL Port Enabled XDSL Port Disabled XDSL Port Re enabled XDSL Port Link Up XDSL Port Link Down XDSL Line Configuration Profile Created XDSL Line Configuration Profile Deleted XDSL Line Configuration Profile Changed XDSL Line Alarm Configuration Profile Created 180 Appendix
129. C 2402 supports Policer in accordance with the Metro Ethernet Forum Bandwidth Profile and RFCs 2697 amp 2698 Our TCM Policer supports both Color Aware and Color Blind modes The color is used for determining whether a packet will proceed to the policer when TCM Policer works in Color Aware mode also in the policer the packet may be remarked with new color according to the packet s conformance to the policer rules A packet is considered green when it enters the TCM Policer only if its input color field VLAN priority bits or DSCP field has the same value with the green value configured in this page see also the following parameter description Likewise a packet is considered yellow only if its input color field has the same value with the yellow value configured in this page All other values are considered red Once a packet has passed through the TCM Policer it will be directed to the class queues for scheduling The VC 2402 supports two kinds of TCM Policer two rate TCM with dual leaky buckets and single rate TCM with single leaky bucket The single rate TCM meters a traffic stream and marks its packets according to Committed Information Rate CIR and Committed Burst Size CBS to be either green or red The single rate TCM operates with a single leaky bucket that is updated according to only one rate the committed information rate CIR A packet is marked green if the leaky bucket is not full and red otherwise T
130. Control up to 24 profiles and assign any profile to a subscriber interface the maximum number of registered multicast channels within a profile is 512 Able to limit the maximum number 0 20 of concurrent multicast groups to be joined per bridge port Support IGMP snooping proxy v1 v2 and v3 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Support selection between IGMP proxy and IGMP snooping Support Fast and Normal Leave modes Support ARP anti Spoofing and MAC anti Spoofing Support Layer 2 frame filtering based on source destination MAC addresses Support Layer 3 filtering based on IP header including source destination IP address protocol ID and TCP UDP destination port number Support filtering out broadcast frames destination MAC Address OxFFFFFFFFFFFF in the downstream direction When this option is activated only protocol specific broadcasts DHCP ARP are allowed to be forwarded to downstream users Support secured forwarding that forces upstream traffic to the specific gateway by means of replying upstream ARP request with MAC address of default gateway Support Ethernet rate limit function including 1 Per bridge port rate limiting v Profile based configuration Y ngress all kinds of traffic v Egress unicast traffic v A Apply to line bridge port Per bridge port per VLAN rate limiting v Profile based configuration v ngress all kinds of traffic v Egress unicast traffic v A Apply to line bridge port Per bridge port
131. D type Valid values 0 default 1 SCBV 2 SCV 3 SC 4 customer Default value 0 Type Mandatory lt name gt dhcpPppoeDsIName Valid values 1 15 characters Default value IPDSLAM Type Mandatory 232 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 79 dhcp server profile index create Description Create a DHCP Server Profile dhcp server profile index create lt startIP gt lt endIP gt lt netmask gt Santas lt gateway gt lt dns1 gt lt dns2 gt lt leaseTime gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory lt startIP gt Starting IP Address Type Mandatory lt endIP gt Ending IP Address Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask Type Mandatory lt gateway gt Default Gateway IP Address Type Mandatory dns1 1st DNS Server IP address for none Type Mandatory lt dns2 gt 2nd DNS Server IP address for none Type Mandatory lt leaseTime gt Leased Time Valid values 300 86400 seconds Type Mandatory 13 3 80 dhcp server profile lt index gt delete Description Delete a DHCP Server Profile Syntax dhcp server profile lt index gt delete Parameter Description lt index gt Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory 13 3 81 disable Description Enter init mode disable 233 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 82 trafdesc Description Enter Ethernet Traffic Descriptor mode Syntax trafdesc Parameter None 13 3 83 fdbstatic number lt
132. DSE Channel Status quo hot ii a 124 5 7 VDSL Failure State oe oot ettet er opa re luca duo ee ies 125 5 8 VDSL 126 9 9 VDSL POSE u Z LT Zuna amu uuu isa aa iaia sas 127 6 Traffic Profile 128 6 1 Traffic eee ee 129 SA TUR rej mec op TEE 131 7 SNMP 133 7 1 SNMP GOTPBmuiy esae u secti 134 7 2 SNMP Target eot aded 135 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 7 3 59 NMP INOUPYG iine inti Pap au ba be tu ee cce e EA ue IR e 136 8 Maintenance 137 871 SYS Log Server ioca ete Wack ace 138 827 INTE EMETP m 139 8 3 Firmware Update nennen nennen nennen nnns 146 8 4 Boot Loader 20220202 02 148 9 Fault Management 149 9 1 eec tette o qusay trier iced calet 150 9 2 Alarm Profile i nre er e odes eec bet ited n SC Sa u 153 9 3 Hardware 154 10 Performance Monitoring 156 10 1 Jnterface Go hter E rib ed 157 10 22 iiie o e E iN RN ee eel DAL uses 159 10 3 xDSL Dayl Interval rrr tri ee tre nere re tb en te erg etae asa ae anne 170 10 3 1 Summary of Perf
133. DSL line band plan configuration Valid values 998 138 8500 Long Reach 3 998 138 12000 High Data Rate 4 998 640 30000 100 100 5 997 138 8500 6 Flex 138 4400 7 998 138 4400 8 997 138 4400 9 998 138 4400 optBand 11 997 138 4400 optBand 12 998 138 12000 4K Tones 18 997 138 12000 4K Tones 19 998 138 17000 4K Tones 20 998 138 30000 4K Tones 30A 21 Default value 998 138 30000 4K Tones 30A 21 for VDSL 998 138 17000 4K Tones 20 if the system you purchase supports up to 5 VDSL bands 998 138 8500_Long_Reach 3 for ADSL Type Mandatory 13 5 10 lineconfprofile datarate Description Configure data rate of a VDSL line configuration profile lineconfprofile datarate lt name gt lt dnfastmax gt lt dnfastmin gt lt dnslowmax gt lt dnslowmin gt lt upfastmax gt lt upfastmin gt lt upslowmax gt Syntax Parameter lt upslowmin gt Name Description lt name gt Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory lt dnfastmax gt Maximum downstream data rate for fast channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 200000 kbps Default value 200000 kbps Type Mandatory 276 VDSL2 IP DSLAM dnfastmin dnslowmax dnslowmin lt upfastmax gt lt upfastmin gt lt upslowmax gt lt upslowmin gt Minimum downstream data rate for fast channel Valid values 32 200000 Units kbps Step 4 kbps Effective Range 32 20000
134. D_CHINA 12 ETSI_M1_EX_P1 13 ETSI_M2_EX_P1 14 Default value ANSI M2 EX 7 13 5 22 lineconfprofile psdnum Configure number of customized PSD tones of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile psdnum lt name gt lt up gt lt down gt Parameter Description Name Description lt name gt Profile Name 282 VDSL2 IP DSLAM up down Valid values 32 characters Type Mandatory vdslLineConfUsPsdNum Valid values 0 20 vdslLineConfDsPsdNum Valid values 0 32 13 5 23 lineconfprofile ratemode Description Configure rate mode of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile ratemode lt name gt lt mode gt Parameter Name Description lt name gt Profile Name lt mode gt Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory VDSL line rate adaptive mode Valid values manual 1 adaptAtInit 2 Default value adaptAtInit 2 Type Mandatory 13 5 24 lineconfprofile snrmgn Description Configure snr margin of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax Parameter Name name dnmax lt upmax gt lt dnmin gt lineconfprofile snrmgn lt name gt lt dnmax gt lt upmax gt lt dnmin gt lt upmin gt lt dntar gt lt uptar gt Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory VDSL line downstream maximum SNR margin Valid values 0 1275 Units 0 1 dB Step 0 5 dB Effective Range 0 127 5 dB Default value 127 5
135. E SUCCESS User Guide A Save inband configuration and runtime configuration as the active restoration database for next power on restoration B Restore inband configuration and control plane configuration by setting another restoration database active C Restore inband configuration and control plane configuration by setting another restoration database active and system restart D Clear inband configuration and control plane configuration in the active restoration database Warn runtime config is also cleared and Inband config is lost E Clear inband configuration and control plane configuration in the active restoration database and system restart Warn runtime config is also cleared and Inband config is lost F Clear control plane configuration in the active restoration database runtime config is also changed a Clear control plane configuration in the active restoration database and restart runtime config is also changed H Export runtime configuration in cli command format to ftp server 139 VDSL2 IP DSLAM A Save runtime config and set to new active DB This option allows you to save inband configuration and runtime configuration as the active restoration database for next power on restoration You can specify the configuration database name for saving or not And you can specify the same or different name for inband DB and general DB Database Control Action
136. EGST EGDT BT IT ZP4 12 00 12 00 11 00 10 00 10 00 10 00 09 00 09 00 08 00 08 00 07 00 07 00 Pacific Daylight Time 06 00 Central Standard Time 06 00 Mountain Daylight Time 05 00 Eastan Standard Time 05 00 Central Daylight Time 04 00 Atlantic Standard Time 04 00 Eastan Daylight Time 03 30 Newfoundland Standard Time 03 00 Altantic Daylight Time 03 00 Brazil Standard Time 03 00 Greenland Western Standard Time 02 00 Azores Time 01 00 West Africa Time 00 00 Greenwich Mean Time 00 00 Western European Time 00 00 Universal Time 00 00 Universal Time 01 00 Central European Time 01 00 British Summer Time 01 00 Middle European Time 01 00 Middle Eruopean Winter Time 01 00 Swedish Winter Time 01 00 French Winter Time 02 00 Eastean European Time 02 00 Middle European Summer Time 02 00 French Summer Time 02 00 Egypt Standard Time 03 00 Egypt Daylight Time 03 00 Baghdad Time 03 30 Iran Time 04 00 GMT Plus 4 Hours International Date Line International Date Line West Nome Time Alaska Hawaii Standard Time BDT Central Alaska Time Yukon Standard Time HDT Pacific Standard Time YDT Mountain Standard Time 267 VDSL2 IP DSLAM default 13 3 190 uplink mode conf ZP5 IST ZP6 NST SST WAST JT CCT HST WADT WST JST KST CAST SAST JDT GST EAST CADT SADT EADT NZT NZST IDLE NZDT 05 00 GMT Plus 5 Hours 05 30 Indian Standard Time 06 00 GMT Plus 6 Hours 06 30
137. EX ANSI M2 EX ETSI M1 EX P2 ETSI M2 EX P2 PSD K PSD CHINA ETSI M1 EX P1 mera aan ps 4 Tx Band Config Click on the drop down list and select the configuration for transmit band Options are ALL TONES ON DISABLE 640K BELOW DISABLE 1100K BELOW DISABLE 2200K BELOW Rx Band Config Click on the drop down list and select the configuration for receive band Options are ALL TONES ON DISABLE 640K BELOW DISABLE 1100K BELOW 111 VDSL2 IP DSLAM DISABLE 2200K BELOW Opt Band Config Click on the drop down list and select the configuration for optional band Options are DISABLE ANNEX A 26K TO 138K ANNEX B 138K TO 276K ANNEX B 26K TO 276K G HS Carrier Set Click on the checkbox to select the carrier set for G Handshake ITU T G 994 1 feature For VDSL modem select V43 for ADSL 2 2 Annex A or Annex M modem select A43 for ADSL 2 2 Annex B suggest selecting B43 for Ikanos VDSL1 100 100 Mbps select 143 Note that A43 and B43 cannot be set at the same time VDSL2 Frequency Plan Click on the drop down list and select the frequency plan for VDSL2 Power Mode Click on the drop down list and select the power mode for optional band Options are POWER MODE 85 gt 8 5 dBm POWER MODE 115 gt 11 5 dBm POWER MODE 145 gt 14 5 dBm POWER MODE 175 gt 17 5 dBm POWER MODE 205 gt 20 5 dBm DeploymentScenario LineOpMode
138. Force for both ingress and egress Type Mandatory 305 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 7 19 protocol vlan conf Description Configure per port Protocol based VLAN setting protocol vlan conf disable oya protocol vlan conf enable Parameter Name Description disable Disable Protocol based VLAN Type Mandatory enable Enable Protocol based VLAN Type Mandatory 13 7 20 ratelimit index Description Set rate limit policer index Syntax ratelimit lt egress gt lt ingress gt Parameter Name Description lt egress gt Rate limit policer index for egress direction Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory lt ingress gt Rate limit policer index for ingress direction Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory 13 7 21 vlan vlanid disable Description Delete VLAN member set Syntax vlan lt vlanid gt disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 7 22 vlan Description Configure VLAN member set setting vlan vlanid tag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt tag isolation disable vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID 306 Syntax VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory tag Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory isolation Enable default vlan port isolation Type Mandatory isolation d
139. From the Maintenance menu click on Firmware Update The following page is displayed Firmware Update Previous Command Result Normal FTP Get and Write Flash Partition Select Patiicn1 r7 Reboot After RemoteDownload Remote Server IP Server Password File Name 355 Partition Information Partition Location Boot Active Description F IPDSLAM v005_B10 20080278 Pariioni ps IPDSLAM v0 05 2008 04 29 Note Upgrading firmware may disconnect this page Please refresh the page if itis disconnected Warning Upgrading firmware may take a few minutes Please don t turn off or reset the BOX Table 0 2 Firmware Update Label Description After you have entered the FTP server user name amp PTP tani password and firmware file name click on this button to start Flash i the firmware update process Select firmware memory partition Partition 0 or 1 If you Partition Select change to the non active partition system will restart immediately Reboot After Select the checkbox to let system reboot automatically once RemoteDownload the firmware update is finished Remote Server IP Type in the IP address of the FTP server Server User Name Type in the FTP user name Server Password Type in the FTP password File Name Type in the firmware filename string length 1 64 Partition I
140. HCP option 82 and PPPoE relay function From the Bridge menu click on DHCP and then DHCP PPPoE Configuration The following page is displayed DHCP PPPoE Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Modify DHCP Mode Transparent Option Agent Circuit ID Circuit Type Default DSL PDSLAM Table 0 37 DHCP PPPoE Configuration Label Description Click on this drop down list and select the DHCP mode you DHCP Mode want the DSLAM to act Options are DHCP Transparent DHCP Relay and DHCP Server Click on this drop down list and select the Relay Agent Option Information that is inserted to the forwarding packets Options are Agent Circuit ID Agent Remote ID or Both Click on this drop down list and select the type of Circuit ID Options are Default SCBV SCV SC and Customize Default SUPE means our system defined default type Customize means the customer defined type DSL Name Type in the name of the DSLAM 88 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 9 2 DHCP PPPoE Circuit This option allows you to configure the circuit ID and remote ID for the relay function From the Bridge menu click on DHCP and then DHCP PPPoE Circuit The following page is displayed DHCP Circuit Previous Command Result Normal Query Table Query Page Number Pagel gt Modify PhysicalPot AgentCircuitID AgentRemotelD Trusted pppoeMode Sel
141. I T1E1 19075 19125 1 9075 1 9125 MHz ANNEX F 3500 3575 3 500 3 575 MHz ANNEX F 3500 3800 3 500 3 800 MHz ETSI 3500 4000 3 500 4 000 MHz 1 1 3747 3754 3 747 3 754 MHz ANNEX F 3791 3805 3 791 3 805 MHz ANNEX F 7000 7100 7 000 7 100 MHz ANNEX F ETSI 7000 7300 7 000 7 300 MHz T1E1 10100 10150 10 100 10 150 MHz ANNEX ETSI T1E1 14000 14350 14 000 14 350 MHz ANNEX F ETSI T1E1 18068 18168 18 068 18 168 MHz ANNEX F ETSI T1E1 1800 1825 1 800 1 825 MHz HAM Band 1 3500 3550 3 500 3 550 MHz HAM Band 2 3790 3800 3 790 3 800 MHz HAM Band 1800 1810 1 800 1 810 MHz RFI Notch 21000 21450 21 000 21 450 MHz ANNEX F ETSI T1E1 24890 24990 24 890 24 990 MHz ANNEX F ETSI T1E1 28000 29100 28 000 29 100 MHz ANNEX F ETSI T1E1 28000 29700 28 000 29 700 MHz ANNEX F ETSI T1E1 113 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Table 0 2 provides users a guideline of VDSL profile configuration For a standard Annex B Band Plan whose short name and long name are in the first two leftmost columns of the table you can follow the suggested profile parameter values in the right columns of the same row to setup your VDSL configuration profile When you create a new VDSL configuration profile you can set the
142. ID 1 4094 Select the Create Empty VLAN checkbox if you want to create a VLAN without any bridge VID port member Note up to 512 static VLANs be created per bridge port But the total number of VLAN members bridge ports must not exceed 1024 per system Click on the drop down list and select tagging untagging the Tagged frames in egress direction Same Disable When port isolation is enabled same Isolated packets received from a trunk port when both the trunk 56 VDSL2 IP DSLAM interfaces are configured as up link cannot be forwarded to the other trunk port even for broadcasting Also packets received from a line bridge port including trunk interface configured as user link cannot be forwarded to any other line bridge port even for broadcasting Listed By Interface In the Query Table area select List By Interface All and then click on Query The static VLAN settings of all the created bridge interfaces are listed If you want to delete a VID from a VLAN set of a bridge port type the VID DeleteVID field and select the Select to Delete Modify checkbox and then click Delete button Note that PVID of a bridge port cannot be deleted or modified Creation Area Create Physical Port VID Tagged Isolated create Empty vean I Tagged Same j Query Table Query Page Number 1 Query VID Index 8 List
143. L line Deployment Scenario configuration Valid values fttCab 1 fttEx 2 other 3 Default value fttCab 1 Type Mandatory 13 5 12 lineconfprofile downpsdtone Description Configure downstream PSD tones of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile downpsdtone name index freq lt psdLevel gt Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory index Index Valid values 0 31 Type Mandatory freq Frequency Valid values 0 65535 Units kHz Effective Range 0 65535 kHz Default value 1 KHz Type Mandatory lt psdLevel gt PSD Level Valid values 1400 125 Units 0 1 dBm Hz Step 0 5 dBm Hz Effective Range 140 0 to 12 5 dBm Hz Default value 140 00 dBm Hz Type Mandatory 13 5 13 lineconfprofile ghscarrierset Description Configure G hs Carrier Set of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile ghscarrierset name value Parameter Name Description name Profile Name 278 VDSL2 IP DSLAM value Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory Carrier Set for G Handshake feature Valid values bitmap I 43 0 For Ikanos VDSL1 100 100 Mbps V 43 1 For VDSL modem A 43 2 For or AnnexM modem B 43 3 Suggest for Annex B modem Note that A43 and B43 cannot be set at the same time Default value V 43 amp A 43 for VDSL and ADSL Annex A V 43 amp B 43 fo
144. LL Frame or only VLAN tagged frame Click on the drop down list and select enable disable Isolation for this bridge port When port isolation is enabled packets received from a line bridge port including trunk interface configured as user link cannot be forwarded to any other line bridge port even for 39 Acceptable Frame Isolation VDSL2 IP DSLAM broadcasting VLAN Mode non TLS normal VLAN mode QinQ enable N 1 VLAN stacking feature our system adds the default VLAN tag to all the incoming frames through this port TLS enable TLS Transparent LAN Service so that this bridge port becomes VLAN transparent refer to DSL Forum TR 101 A pre configured S Tag is used to encapsulate TLS traffic going through this port That is an S Tag PVID here will be added to all the upstream frames received on this port and the C Tags will be the original tags of these frames no C Tag for untagged incoming frames On the other hand the S Tag will be removed from all the downstream outgoing frames ProtocolBaseVLAN ForcePriorityMode Enable disable protocol based VLAN feature Click on the drop down list and select the priority forcing mode Options are Disabled Reserve the original priority of all packets Force ingress All packets no matter what VLAN ID they are if they come into this line bridge port their VLAN priority will be changed to this line bport s default VLAN priority No depe
145. Octets Monitoring Rx bytes packets Pkts Monitoring Rx packets BroadcastPkts Monitoring Rx broadcast packets MulticastPkts Monitoring Rx multicast packets CRCAlignErrors Monitoring Rx error alignment packets UndersizePkts Monitoring Rx undersize packets OversizePkts Monitoring Rx oversize packets Fragments Monitoring Rx fragments packets Jabbers Monitoring Rx jabber packets Collisions Monitoring Tx single collision packets Pkts64Octets Monitoring Tx 64 octets Pkts65to127Octets Monitoring Tx 65 to 127 octets Pkts128to255Octets Monitoring Tx 128 to 255 octets Pkts256to511Octets Monitoring Tx 256 to 511 octets Pkts512to1023Octets Monitoring Tx 512 to 1023 octets Pkts1024to1518Octets Monitoring Tx 1024 to 1518 octets 161 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt History Control This table is for controlling the ETH History table see next section History Control 1 is for controlling ETH History table 1 History Control 2 is for controlling ETH History table 2 etc Type in the Requested value and Interval sec and then click on New to create a History Control entry Up to 10 History Control entries can be created To modify an entry click on the index to select the entry type in new value and then click on Modify To delete an entry click on the index to select the entry and then click on Delete Remote Monitoring History Control Previous Command Result Success Select Type History Contro
146. PDSLAM v0 05 1008 05 09 16 29 59 System Name and Hardware Version D Firmware Version CPLD Version CLI Module Version FWAPI Module Version SNMP Module Version s me wor TP Module Version AMP Module Version SLMGR Module Version SLMGR EMU Module Version EB Module Version DDI Module Version gt ww 5 V V W W w UJ WHNnNNNYE DE ww 220 Na NPN m WLS Module Version localhost gt Quit CLI Execution the specific number of command in history Exit current mode Commands and List command Descriptions Show information Sleep for the specified number of milli seconds Enter enable mod Prompt Symbol Figure 0 1 Screen Description 184 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 12 5 12 6 Execution Modes The CLI contains several execution modes Users will see different set of commands under different execution modes Table 0 1 lists all the execution modes and their purposes When users enter a certain execution mode the corresponding mode prompt will be displayed automatically on the screen The mode prompts of all the execution modes are also listed in Table 0 1 Table 0 1 List of Execution Modes Execute mode Description Prompt symbol Initialize Default execution mode gt Enable Management capable Configure Configuration capable conf XDSL Interface Config XDSL inte
147. QIn of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt qln portNo index Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory lt index gt Carrier Group Index Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 2 76 show interface xdsl vdsl delt snr Description Show DELT data Snr of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt snr lt portNo gt index Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory index Carrier Group Index Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 2 77 show interface xdsl vdsl delt state Description Show DELT state of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt state lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory 207 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 78 show interface xdsl vdsl inv Description Show VDSL inventory Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl inv lt portNo gt lt vdslPhysSide gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory vdsIPhysSide VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 79 show interface xdsl vdsl line Description Show VDSL line table Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl line lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number
148. Query Physical Priority Edge P2P State STP Path Port Port Cost GigaBi 1 1 False Auto FORWARDING Enabled 100 Designated Forward Root Cost Bridge Port Transitions 00000 5390 0 FO0000FFBS390E9F 8001 1 GigaBit 2 128 False Auto FORWARDING Enabled 100 F00000FFB5390E9F 0 F00000FFB5390E9F 8002 1 Table 0 26 STP Port Settings Label Description Click on first drop down list and select Edge True or Edge False RSTP Link Type Click on second drop down list and select P2P True P2P False or P2P Auto This configuration is currently disabled Select Disabled or Enabled This configuration is currently disabled Priority Type in the priority level of the port 0 240 in step of 16 Path Cost Type in the Path Cost through the port integer number Modify Click on this button to apply the modification Query Click on this button to display the STP setting of the port 77 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 7 Filtering 4 7 1 Filtering This option allows you to setup the filter rule for the packets From the Bridge menu click on Filtering and then Filtering Click on Filtering Type drop down list and select a filtering type first The page displayed depends on which filtering type you select Protocol Filtering Protocol Filtering 1and Result Success Filtering Type Protocol Next 2 Interfac
149. Rate bits sec Polling Speed Polling speed determines the treatment of this channel when its data queue becomes empty 129 VDSL2 IP DSLAM PPR auto polling Select the checkbox to enable auto polling speed mode speed mode CIR This parameter is for descriptor type CIR and CIREIR Type in Committed Information Rate bits sec CBS This parameter is for descriptor type CIR and CIREIR Type in Committed Burst Size bits CIR Polling Speed Polling speed determines the treatment of this channel when its data queue becomes empty CIR auto polling speed mode Select the checkbox to enable auto polling speed mode CIREIR traffic type doesn t support this mode EIR This parameter is for descriptor type CIREIR Type in Excess Information Rate bits sec EBS This parameter is for descriptor type CIREIR Type in Excess Burst Size bits EIR Polling Speed Currently not supported EIR auto polling speed mode Currently only auto polling speed mode is supported ATM Traffic Policer Type Available options are CBR CLP transparent no Scr UBR No CLP No Src PCR Type in the Peak Cell Rate this parameter is for ATM traffic policer type CBR only Value range is 0 65536 cells second 130 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 6 2 VPMT Profile This option allows you to configure the VLAN Priority Mapping Table VPMT profile The VPMT Profile is used
150. SL PHY 1 MN Set 12 2007 08 21 10 25 07 602 XDSL Loss Of Signal XDSL PHY 1 MN Set 11 2007 08 21 10 25 07 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE1 MN Clear 10 2007 08 2 1 07 42 36 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE1 MN Set 9 2007 08 21 07 42 32 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE 1 MN Clear 8 2007 08 21 07 42 24 201 Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal GBE 1 MN Set 7 2007 08 21 07 33 49 O m gt a _ e Table 0 2 History Alarm Table Label Description Query Click on this button to query history alarms ACO Click on this button to cut off alarm Clear History Click on this button to clear the alarm history table Row This field shows the row number 1 256 ID This field shows the alarm ID Description This field shows the description for the alarm This field shows the alarm level Valid values are Level MJ major alarm MN minor alarm State This field shows the alarm state Set or Clear Sequential Number The order number of the history alarm occurred Time Alarm occurring date and time 151 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Event Log Type in the range of rows and then click on the Query button AlarmiEvent Select EventLoz gt row ros 1 ro 10 Query Event Log Row Event Description Sequential Humber Time 1 XDSL Loopback Set XDSL PHY 1 48 20
151. SLAM 13 6 15 link mode uplink user Description Configure link mode link mode uplink link mode user Parameter None 13 6 16 mac learning Description Enable disable mac learning ability for a bridge port mac learning enable disable Parameter None 13 6 17 max mac Description Configure port based maximum MAC addresses max mac value Syntax max mac default Parameter Name Description value Number of MAC addresses Valid values 0 512 Type Mandatory default Set to default value 16 Type Mandatory 13 6 18 priority force Description Configure Priority Force Mode priority force disable priority force ingress priority force egress priority force both Parameter Syntax Name Description disable Disable Priority Force Type Mandatory ingress Enable Priority Force for ingress Type Mandatory egress Enable Priority Force for egress Type Mandatory both Enable Priority Force for both ingress and egress Type Mandatory 295 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 19 protocol vlan conf 13 6 20 13 6 21 13 6 22 Description Configure per port Protocol based VLAN setting protocol vlan conf disable protocol vlan conf enable Parameter Name Description disable Disable Protocol based VLAN Type Mandatory enable Enable Protocol based VLAN Type Mandatory pvc vpi vci Description Configure VPI VCI value Syntax lt vpi gt vci Parame
152. SYSTEMPROVISIONDATASETDEFAUL 7 Provision Data Set To Default T 8 SYSTEMSRAMTEST SRAM Testing 9 SYSTEMALARMLOGCLEAR Alarm Log Cleared 10 SYSTEMEVENTLOGCLEAR Event Log Cleared 11 SYSTEMRTCDATETIMECHANGE RTC date time changed 12 SYSTEMSOFTWAREACOBUTTONSET Software ACO Set SYSTEMSOFTWAREACOBUTTONCLE 13 m Software ACO Cleared SYSTEMALARMLEVELMASKFLAGCH 14 Alarm Profile changed ANGE 15 SYSTEMSNMPAUTHFAIL SNMP Auth Failed 17 SYSTEMFTPRECEPTIONSTART FTP Reception Started 18 SYSTEMFTPRECEPTIONCOMPLETE FTP Reception Completed 19 SYSTEMFTPRECEPTIONINCOMPLETE FTP Reception Incomplete 20 SYSTEMDATABASECONVERTED Database Converted 21 SYSTEMSNTPTIMEZONECHANGE SNTP Time zone Changed 23 SYSTEMSNTPPROVISIONCHANGED SNTP Provision Changed SYSTEMSNTPDATETIMESYNCHRONI 24 5 SNTP Date and Time Synchronized ZE 25 SYSTEMDATABASESAVINGFAILED Database Saving Failed 346 ATMTRAFFICDESCRPITIONCHANGE Traffic Description Changed ATMCREATEVCL ATM VCL Created ATMMODIFYVCL ATM VCL Modified ATMDELETEVCL ATM VCL Deleted ATMOAMCREATELOOPBACK ATM OAM Loopback Created ATMOAMDELETELOOPBACK ATM OAM Loopback Deleted XDSL PORT INFO CHANGED XDSL Port Info Changed 101 102 103 104 105 106 501 601 602 603 XDSL PORT BINDING CHANGED XDSL Port Binding Changed XDSL PORT ENABLED XDSL Port Enabled XDSL PORT DISABLED XDSL Port Disabled 604 605 XDSL PORT REENABLED XDSL Port Re enabled XDSL PORT LINKUP XDSL Port Link Up
153. Syntax Parameter 13 2 98 show priority list vlanid Syntax Parameter Name index 13 2 99 show profile alarm Syntax Parameter Name Description Display TOS IP Precedence list show priority list tos lt index gt Description Display Source MAC address list show priority list srcmac lt index gt Description Index Valid values 256 Type Optional Description Index Valid values 1 256 Type Optional Description Display VLAN ID list show priority list vlanid lt index gt Description Index Valid values 256 Type Optional Description Display alarm profile list show profile alarm lt alarmid gt Description alarmid Alarm ID 212 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values enter command 13 1 4 list alarm table to look up alarm ID Type Optional 13 2 100 show protocol vlan Description Show protocol based VLAN show protocol vlan Parameter None 13 2 101 show rmon alarm Description Show RMON alarm information show rmon alarm index show rmon alarm all Parameter Name Description index Rmon alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory 13 2 102 show rmon ether history Description Show RMON ether history information Syntax show rmon ether history index Parameter Name Description index Rmon index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 2 103 show rmon event Description Show RMON event informat
154. T Trunk Setup LT Circuit Setup System Inventory Inband IP Routes Outband IP Routes SNTP User Administration Login User List Operational Interface System Restart Bridge System Configuration System AddOn Service Secured Forwarding Interface Setup Packet Bridge Port ATM Bridge Port Trunk Bridge Port LACP Configuration Rate Limit Policer Profile Bridge Port Policer Select VDSL2 IP DSLAM Bridge VLAN Policer Select Bridge Port Broadcast Policer Select Trunk Priority Mapping Static VLAN VLAN Priority Remark VLAN Rate Limit VLAN Translation Protocol Base VLAN STP Bridge Settings STP Port Settings Filtering Denial ACL TP Forwarding DB Forwarding Static DHCP PPPoE Configuration DHCP PPPoE Circuit DHCP Server Profile Config DHCP Server Profile Select DHCP Client List DHCP Static IP Config IGMP Configuration IGMP ACL Profile Config IGMP IGMP ACL Profile Select IGMP Group List IGMP Route System Allow IP Filter Allow IP Filtering System Anti Spoofing VLAN Configuration Spanning Tree Filtering Forwarding DHCP IP Filtering Anti Spoofin Anti Arp Spoofing VDSL ADSL VDSL Configuration Profile Downstream PSD VDSL PSD Configuration Upstream PSD VDSL Alarm Profile VDSL Inventory VDSL Line Status
155. Type Optional if omitted use the same index as lt inbandBackupIndex gt noreboot Restore database without reboot Must reboot system manually for the changes to take effect Type Optional 13 3 153 runningcfg restore name Description Restore configuration runningcfg restore name inbandBackupName y lt generalBackupName gt noreboot Parameter Name Description lt inbandBackupName gt Inband Backup Name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory generalBackupName General Backup Name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Optional if omitted use the same name as lt inbandBackupName gt noreboot Restore database without reboot Must reboot system manually for the changes to take effect Type Optional 13 3 154 runningcfg save Description Save running configuration to FLASH Note The database of VC 2402 contains two kinds of database inband 255 VDSL2 IP DSLAM database and general database Inband database contains configuration for the inband channel General database contains other configuration Syntax runningcfg save lt inbandBackupName gt lt generalBackupName gt Parameter Name Description lt inbandBackupName gt Inband Backup Name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Optional lt generalBackupName gt General Backup Name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Optional if omitted use the same name as lt inbandBackupName gt 13 3 155 setenv script delay De
156. UP MAX SNR MGN XDSL UP MIN SNR XDSL UP MIN SNR MGN XDSL INIT FAILURE TRAP XDSL INIT FAILURE TRAP 663 664 665 666 667 348
157. a non whitespace character complete the word before the Tab CTRL I If tab is pressed after a whitespace character complete the next word Display available commands If is pressed after a non whitespace character show possible choices for this word If is pressed after a whitespace character show possible choices for the next word Up Arrow Up histor CTRL P P Down Arrow Down history CTRL N Home Move the cursor to the beginning of the input line CTRL A End Move the cursor to the end of the input line CTRL E Left Arrow Move the cursor backward CTRL B Right Arrow Move the cursor forward CTRL F UP Arrow Display this help and exit BACKSPACE Erase the character before the cursor CTRL H 12 8 Notation Conventions The notation conventions for the parameter syntax of each CLI command are as follows Parameters enclosed in are optional e Parameter values are separated by a vertical bar 4 only when one of the specified values can be used Parameter values are enclosed in when you must use one of the values specified 186 13 Commands Descriptions 13 1 Initialize Mode Commands 13 2 Enable Mode Commands 13 3 Configure Mode Commands 13 4 XDSL Interface Config Mode Commands 13 5 VDSL Interface Config Mode Commands 13 6 XDSL ATM Bridge Config Mode Commands 13 7 XDSL Packet Bridge Config Mode
158. able Description House Keeping 1 House Keeping 2 House Keeping 3 House Keeping 4 Fan Error Self Test Failed Temperature Above Threshold Temperature Below Threshold Product Identification Violation Gigabit Ethernet Loss of Signal Cluster has duplicate Master two Masters exist Cluster is out of capacity Cluster node enter unmanaged state XDSL Loss Of Framing XDSL Loss Of Signal XDSL Loss Of Signal Quality XDSL Loss Of Link XDSL Data Init Failure XDSL Configuration Init Failure XDSL Protocol Init Failure XDSL Excessive Severely Errored Seconds XDSL No Cell Delineation on the slow channel XDSL Loss of Cell Delineation on the slow channel XDSL No Cell Delineation on the fast channel XDSL Loss of Cell Delineation on the fast channel XDSL FE Loss Of Framing XDSL FE Loss Of Signal XDSL FE Loss Of Power Failure XDSL FE Loss Of Signal Qualtiy XDSL FE No Peer VTU Present XDSL FE Excessive Severely Errored Seconds XDSL FE No Cell Delineation on the fast channel XDSL FE Loss of Cell Delineation on the fast channel 179 Appendix B Event Table Table B 1 Event ID Event Name 1 SYSTEMRESTART 2 SYSTEMDOWNLOADBEGIN 3 SYSTEMDOWNLOADSUCCESS 4 SYSTEMDOWNLOADFAIL 5 SYSTEMPROVISIONDATAEXPORT 6 SYSTEMPROVISIONDATAIMPORT DM SD ni 9 SYSTEMALARMLOGCLEAR 10 SYSTEMEVENTLOGCLEAR 11 SYSTEMRTCDATETIMECHANGE 12 SYSTEMSOFTWAREACOBUTTONSET m OEE j SYSTEMALARMLEVELMASKFLAGCHA NGE 15 SYSTEMSNMPAUTHFAIL 17 SYSTEMFTPRECEPTIONST
159. able refer to section 0 profile to bind VID in the default port VID Valid value is 1 4094 MaxMac Type in the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned by the bridge port 0 512 default is 16 V Pri Click on the drop down list and select the VLAN priority level for egress traffic 0 7 Click on the drop down list and select tagging untagging the outgoing frames downstream direction for line bridge port The aging time for MAC address table 10 600 sec If a Aging Time MAC does not transmit a new frame within the aging time this MAC entry will be deleted from the MAC address table Click on the drop down list and select Ingress filter On Off Ingress filter ON check if the VID of the incoming frame is in the member set If not in the member set block the frame Ingress filter OFF Ingress filter disabled VLAN Tagging Ingress Filter Click on the drop down list and select to accept ALL Frame or SGGSDISDIS Promo only VLAN tagged frame Click on the drop down list and select enable disable Isolation for this bridge port When port isolation is enabled packets received from a line bridge port including trunk interface configured as user link cannot be forwarded to any other line 36 Isolation VDSL2 IP DSLAM bridge port even for broadcasting non TLS normal VLAN mode QinQ enable N 1 VLAN stacking feature our system adds the default VLAN tag to all t
160. able to make the service on or off System AddOnService Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Modify ACL Service Disable gt PPPoE Service Disable Filter And Priority Remark Service Disable RateLimit Service Disable Vian Translation Service Disable NetBios Denial Service Disable Allow IP Service Disable Table 0 2 Add on Services setup Label Description Select Enable to enable the following functions ACL Service Bridge port broadcast policer 0 downstream broadcast Secure Forwarding 0 Anti ARP Spoofing 0 DHCP Relay 0 DHCP Server 0 0 and DHCP Snooping PPPoE Service For configuration of this service refer to 0 and 0 Filter And Priority Remark For configuration of this service refer to 0 and 0 Service Rate Limit Service For configuration of this service refer to 0 and 0 VLAN Translation Service For configuration of this service refer to 0 NetBios Denial Service For configuration of this service refer to 0 Allow IP Service For configuration of this service refer to 0 34 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Secured Forwarding This option allows you to configure the Secured Forwarding function Secured Forwarding means that traffic directly forwarding between two DSLAMs is not allowed The forwarding among DSLAMs must be forwarded through the gateway The VC 2402 supports secured forwarding forced for
161. acket Bridge Port This option allows you to create a new bridge port in packet mode for VDSL use For a DSL line port if any ATM mode bridge port for ADSL use has been created you cannot create packet mode bridge port From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then Packet Bridge Port The following page is displayed Line Bridge Port Setup for Packet Mode Previous Command Result Success Area for creating a new bridge port in Packet Mode Create Physical Port VPMT Profile VID V Pri VLAN Tagging AgingTime ingress Filter Acceptable Frame Isolation VLAN Mode ProtocolBaseVlan ForcePriorityMode MacLearning p fe Poe lore fo z Be Line Bridge Port for Packet Mode Delete Modify M check All to Modify Delete UnCheck All to Modify Delete User VPMT VID AgingTime V Pri VLAN VLAN Mode ngress Acceptable Isolation ProtocolBaseVlan ForcePriorityMode MacLearning Select to Port Profile Tagging Filter Frame delete Pol s pm E 9 Une No TEs g Os Esse pss gt pa e Esa E serea Table 0 4 Interface Setup Packet Bridge Port Label Description Area for creating a new bridge port in Packet Mode Click on the drop down list and select the port number 1 24 or All Click on the drop down list and select the VPMT VLAN Physical Port priority mapping t
162. agging Te z ROO eepe eee ez 4 Des Table 0 5 Interface Setup Bridge Port Label Description Area for creating a new bridge port in ATM Mode Circuit Number Click on the drop down list and select the circuit number 1 24 VPI in the VPI value 0 255 Default value is 0 VCI Type the VCI value 21 32 65535 Default value is 35 Traffic Descriptor Click on the drop down list and select the traffic descriptor The aging time for MAC address table 10 600 sec If a MAC Aging Time does not transmit a new frame within the aging time this MAC entry will be deleted from the MAC address table Encapsulation Select AAL5 Encapsulation Type VCMUX LLC VID Type in the default port VID Valid value is 1 4094 Type in the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be MaxMac learned by the bridge port 0 512 default is 16 Click the drop down list and select the VLAN priority level for V Pri egress traffic 0 7 VLAN Taaain Click on the drop down list and select tagging untagging the frames gging in egress direction Click on the drop down list and select Ingress filter On Off Ingress filter ON check if the VID of the incoming frame is in the Ingress Filter member set If not in the member set block the frame Ingress filter OFF Ingress filter disabled Click on the drop down list and select to accept A
163. al interface CLI or Web GUI session The session will be closed once the idle time exceeds this timeout value Value range is 60 65535 0 means disable timeout setting Specify the maximum allowed sessions for the operational interface 1 10 Click on this button to apply the modification But you have Modify to re login the web GUI to make the new setting take effect Idle Timeout Max session count 30 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 12 System Restart This option allows you to software restart the DSLAM the same with pushing the hardware reset button Note that this option is for super user only From the System menu click on System Restart The following page is displayed Click on Restart button to restart the system without saving current running config Or click on Save Running Config amp Restart to save current running config and then restart the system System Restart Previous Command Result Normal Restart Save Running Config amp Restart 31 4 Bridge 4 1 System Configuration 4 2 System AddOn Service 4 3 Secured Forwarding 4 4 Interface Setup 4 5 VLAN Configuration 4 6 Spanning Tree 4 7 Filtering 4 8 Forwarding 4 9 DHCP 4 10 IGMP 4 11 IP Filtering 4 12 Anti Spoofing 32 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 1 System Configuration This option allows you to setup some system type function From the Bridge menu click on SystemType Configuration The following page is displayed
164. alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory number RMON alarm rising eventindex Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory 13 3 127 rmon alarm index rising threshold lt number gt Description Set RMON alarm rising threshold Syntax rmon alarm index rising threshold number Parameter Name Description index RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory number RMON alarm rising threshold Valid values 0 OXFFFFFFFF Type Mandatory 13 3 128 rmon alarm sample type 246 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Set RMON alarm sample type Syntax Parameter rmon alarm index sample type absolute rmon alarm index sample type delta Name index absolute delta Description RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory Compared directly with the thresholds Type Mandatory Difference compared with the thresholds Type Mandatory 13 3 129 rmon alarm startup alarm Description Set RMON startup alarm rmon alarm index startup alarm both rmon alarm index startup alarm falling rmon alarm index startup alarm rising Syntax Parameter Name index both falling rising Description RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory Both rising and falling threshold alarm Type Mandatory RMON falling threshold alarm Type Mandatory RMON rising threshold alarm Type Mandatory 13 3 130 rmon alarm i
165. alculation started 171 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 10 3 3 Day Statistics This option allows you to query the VDSL 1 Day PM Statistics From the Performance Monitoring menu click on xDSL Day Interval and then Day Statistics The VDSL Day Statistics page is displayed Click on the Physical Site drop down lists to select the day Today or previous 1 7 and physical site VTUC or VTUR then click on Refresh to get data VDSL Day Statistics Physical Site Today vruc Refresh Physical Port Validity Lof Los Loss Lprs ESs 5 55 UASs Inits Fixed Octets Bad biks Fixed Octets Bad biks MonSecs Fast Fast Slow Slow Port 1 Valid 00 0 0 4056 0 0 0 0 0 7351 Port2 Invalid o o o Na o 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port3 invad o o o o o o 0 Jo 0 0 0 0 Port4 0 o o o o 0 0 0 0 0 Port5 mvaid o o o Na fo fo 0 0 Jo 0 0 o 0 Port 6 Invalido o o Na o 0 0 0 0 0 Port 7 Invalid o 00 Na o 0 0 0 0 0 1 Port8 0 0 o o o o lo Jo 0 0 0 0 Port 9 invalido o o NA o o 0 0 0 0 0 Port 10 invalid o o o o 0 0 lo 0 0 0 0 Table 0 9 VDSL Day PM Statistics Label Description Physical Port This field shows the physical port number 1 24 Validity This field shows the validity of the PM data Valid Invalid LOFS
166. and and the commands in this section 13 4 1 bridge bport Enter bridge configuration mode for a line port ATM mode bridge port and Packet mode bridge port cannot coexist Syntax bridge lt bport gt Parameter Description Name Description lt bport gt Bridge Port Number Valid values 1 8 ATM Bridge 9 Packet Bridge Type Mandatory 13 4 2 bridge lt bport gt disable Description Disable bridge port Syntax bridge lt bport gt disable Parameter Name Description lt bport gt Bridge Port Number Valid values 1 8 ATM Bridge 9 Packet Bridge Type Mandatory 13 4 3 line port description lt string gt Description Configure XDSL line port description Syntax line port description string Parameter Name Description string Description Valid values 0 48 characters Type Mandatory 13 4 4 line port id lt string gt Description Configure XDSL line port ID Syntax line port id string Parameter Name Description string ID 270 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 0 32 characters Type Mandatory 13 4 5 line port phone string Description Configure XDSL line port phone number Syntax line port phone string Parameter Name Description lt string gt Phone Number Valphone values 0 32 characters Type Mandatory 271 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 5 VDSL Interface Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under VDSL Interface Config Mode include the commands
167. arm Profile Configuration Mode Syntax profile alarm Parameter None 243 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 118 prompt Description Set prompt prompt prompt Syntax prompt default Parameter Name Description lt prompt gt Prompt Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory default Set prompt to default Type Mandatory 13 3 119 protocol vlan lt index gt create Description Create a Protocol VLAN Syntax protocol vlan index create type lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory type Ether Type Valid values 0 OxFFFF 0x8863 PPPoE Discovery Stage 0x8864 PPPoE Session Stage 0x0800 Internet Protocol 0x0806 Address Resolution Protocol Type Mandatory vlanid VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 3 120 protocol vlan index delete Description Delete a Protocol VLAN Syntax protocol vlan lt index gt delete Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory 244 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 121 rmon alarm index alarm interval numbers Description Set RMON alarm interval Syntax rmon alarm lt index gt alarm_interval lt number gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory number RMON alarm interval Valid values 0 Ox7FFFFFFF seconds 0 disabled Type Mandatory 13 3 122 rmon alarm lt index gt d
168. at may be contained in this User s Manual PLANET makes no commitment to update or keep current the information in this User s Manual and reserves the right to make improvements to this User s Manual and or to the products described in this User s Manual at any time without notice If you find information in this manual that is incorrect misleading or incomplete we would appreciate your comments and suggestions FCC Warning This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the Instruction manual may cause harmful interference to radio communications Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense FCC Caution To assure continued compliance example use only shielded interface cables when connecting to computer or peripheral devices Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the Following
169. atic nos n E e bib de REA UE uiae 56 4 5 3 VLAN Priority REMARK ccs u u a p pee 59 AD A gt VLAN Rate Limit tabe Da cuit Mese 69 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 455 VLAN Translation ordo pe Srt pha p era eb eta ise o bus 70 4 5 0 Protocol Base VIAN wis ccs u u M RAUM RM RUM AREA 73 4 5 SPAMMING TSS cer fel NER o Noa etant utente aen etc 74 S TP Bridge Seuls eed eset u Dinar oreste a 75 4 02 STP Port Settings oo EROR EEEak anes 77 TUGGING EE 78 ATA i um 78 4 7 2 Denial Access Control LiSU AGL ri tti 85 Lr dco uso UC ia em 86 48 1 TP Forwarding DB ii He et e A erba date ees 86 4 8 2 2FOr Warding SUAUG E Ea RET OR LEE 87 49 STG sate te ENT M E EE 88 49 1 DHCP PPPoE Configuration 2 aire 88 492 DHCP PPPOE CIrGCUIl reor rhet tantae rto 89 4 9 3 DHCP Server Profile 412 00 enne nnne 90 4 9 4 DHCP Server Profile 2 2 nennen 91 4 935 DACP Gents 92 4
170. ation Syntax show cluster Parameter None 13 2 25 show cpu Description Show CPU information Syntax show cpu Parameter None 13 2 26 show dhcp clients Description Show DHCP Clients Syntax show dhcp clients Parameter None 13 2 27 show dhcp pppoe global Description Show DHCP PPPOE global parameters Syntax show dhcp pppoe global Parameter None 13 2 28 show dhcp server profile Description Show DHCP Server Profiles Syntax show dhcp server profile Parameter None 13 2 29 show dhcp static ip Description Show Static DHCP IP Mapping Table Syntax show dhcp static ip Parameter None 196 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 30 show trafdesc Description Show Ethernet Traffic Descriptor show trafdesc Parameter None 13 2 31 show fdb Description Show MAC learning table show fdb 5yntas show fdb vlan lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 2 32 show fdbstatic Description Show static MAC forwarding table show fdbstatic apitar show fdbstatic lt index gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt Index Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory 13 2 33 show firmware partition Description Show firmware partition information show firmware partition Parameter None 13 2 34 show firmware status Description Show firmware update status show firmware status Parameter None 197 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 35 show
171. ay Parameter Name Description network Destination network address Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask value Type Mandatory lt gateway gt Gateway Type Mandatory 13 3 145 route delete lt network gt netmask lt netmask gt Description Delete an in band route Syntax route delete lt network gt netmask lt netmask gt Parameter Description lt network gt Destination network address Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask value Type Mandatory 13 3 146 runningcfg clear all general Description Clear configuration runningcfg clear all noreboot Syntax runningcfg clear general noreboot Parameter Name Description all Clear all configuration Note The database of VC 2402 contains two kinds of database inband database and general database Inband database contains configuration for the inband channel General database contains other configuration Type Mandatory general Clear general configuration Type Mandatory 252 VDSL2 IP DSLAM noreboot Clear configuration without Reboot Must reboot system manually for the changes to take effect Type Optional 13 3 147 runningcfg clear binary cli text Description Export configuration to files runningcfg clear binary Syntax runningcfg clear cli runningcfg clear text Parameter Name Description binary Binary mode export Type Mandatory cli Export configuration as a CLI script Type Mandatory text Text mode export For debu
172. back rr e eina ein nde yia de 289 XDSL Bridge Config Mode 291 13 651 acciri all 3898 eode optet Lo 291 13 60 24 aging O OOM bass Rice Dec tre tee deat ot Cada addat 291 13 6 3 anti arp spoofing 291 13 6 4 arp dhcp snooping 292 13 6 5 DDOFtDC E eoe 292 13 6 6 default prio lt gt 292 13 6 7 default vlan vlanid essen 292 13 6 8 dhcp pppoe config cid rid trusted lt pppoeMode gt 293 13 6 9 dhcp static ip index create ip lt gt 293 13 6 10 dhcp static ip index delete 293 13 60 11 egress tag unlag etie alie tation tit eeu ear ote 294 13 6 12 igmpaclprofile index 294 13 6 13 ingress disable 2 2222 2 1 4 41 1 4 46 enne 294 13 60 5 294 13 6 15 link mode uplink user 295 13 6 16mac Ieatnifig uror eer bee seges 295 13 06
173. back of VDSL ports vdsl loopback lt portNo gt Parameter 289 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Port Number Valid values 1 24 0 all ports Type Mandatory 290 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 XDSL ATM Bridge Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under XDSL ATM Bridge Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 6 1 accfrm all tag Description Configure acceptable frame type Syntax accfrm all accfrm tag Parameter Name Description all Accept all frames Type Mandatory tag Accept tagged frames only Type Mandatory 13 6 2 aging bport Description Configure aging time for a bridge port Syntax aging bport time Parameter Name Description time Aging time Valid values 10 600 seconds Default value 300 sec Type Mandatory 13 6 3 anti arp spoofing Description Configure Anti ARP Spoofing Table create or delete entry Syntax anti arp spoofing index create ip mac delete Parameter Name Description index Entry index Valid values 1 1728 Type Mandatory lt gt IP Address to be checked Type Mandatory mac Corresponding MAC Address Type Mandatory 291 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 4 arp dhcp snooping 13 6 5 13 6 6 Description Configure DHCP snooping for replacing MAC via ARP Syntax arp dhcp snooping lt dhcp snooping gt lt default mac gt Parameter Name Descri
174. ble to operate as an Individual link The current operational value of the Key for the Aggregator The administrative Key value may differ from the operational Key value The meaning of particular Key values is of local significance Actor Oper Key 44 VDSL2 IP DSLAM This is a 6 octet MAC address which is a unique identifier for the System that contains this Aggregator Partner System A value that indicates the priority value associated with the Priority Partner s System ID Value range is 0 65535 The current operational value of the Key for the Aggregator The administrative Key value may differ from the operational Partner System ID Partner Oper Ke P y Key value The meaning of particular Key values is of local significance LACP Port Modify Refresh State tems 602 State Gb1 Gb2 Items Actor Admin 2 Activity Timeout Activity Timeout Partner Activity Timeout Activity Timeout I aggregation synchronisation aggregation synchronisation m aggregation synchronisation aggregation F synchronisation collecting distributing collecting I distributing collecting M distributing collecting distributing defautted expired defaulted expired defaulted expired defaulted expired ActorPort 1 1 Partner 1 1 Oper Port Actor ID 00 32 5 75 09 00 32 5 75 09 Partner 02 05 65 71 1 44 00 00 00 00 00
175. bport gt lt vlanid gt mac deny pass Description Create a static forwarding entry fdbstatic number lt bport gt lt vlanid gt mac deny fdbstatic number lt bport gt lt vlanid gt mac pass Parameter Name Description number Static MAC forwarding table number Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt mac gt Mac address Type Mandatory lt deny gt Deny the MAC address Type Mandatory lt pass gt Allow the MAC address Type Mandatory 13 3 84 fdbstatic lt number gt disable Description Disable specify static MAC forwarding entry Syntax fdbstatic lt number gt disable Parameter Name Description lt number gt Static MAC forwarding table number Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory 234 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 85 firmware write Syntax Parameter Name lt gt username password string image bootloader noreboot 13 3 86 firmware partition 13 3 87 http port Description Perform software image or bootloader remote download firmware write ip username password string image l bootloader noreboot Description
176. broadcast traffic rate limiting v Profile based configuration v A Apply to line trunk bridge port Per VLAN rate limiting Y based v Broadcast support rate limiting for PVIDs of trunk interfaces with an internal maximum rate 500K bps per PVID VLAN Y Flooding support rate limiting for all defined VLANs trunk line Support Three Color Marking TCM rate limit policer in accordance with the Metro Ethernet Forum MEF Bandwidth Profile and RFCs 2697 amp 2698 Support VLAN priority queue per IEEE 802 1p 4 priority queues for 8 802 1p CoS value The mapping between 4 priority queues and 8 priority values are configurable Support selectable adopted priority queue mechanisms according to Strict Priority Queue SPQ and Weighted Fair Queue WFQ Support traffic classification by re assigning CoS p bit value according to CoS 802 1p priority bit VLAN ID ToS DSCP Source Destination IP address or Source Destination MAC address Configurable mapping between PVC and 802 1 5 for received untagged frame from subscriber port Support 8 PVCs per subscriber line VPI range is from 0 to 255 and VCI range from 32 to 65535 conforming to ATM Forum UNI 3 1 4 0 PVCs only Support multi protocol encapsulation over ATM per RFC 2684 RFC VDSL2 IP DSLAM 1483 for bridged mode LLC encapsulation method only Support AALS5 per ITU T 1 363 5 Commit the supported ATM service categories in the increasing ord
177. c Destination MAC address Type Mandatory 13 12 8 dstmac index disable Description Disable a destination MAC address deny access list entry Syntax dstmac index disable Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 12 9 ipallow lt index gt create Description Create an IP allow entry Syntax ipallow lt index gt create lt bport gt lt ip gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 960 for create 1 1920 for delete 324 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt bport gt lt ip gt 13 12 10 ipallow lt index gt delete 13 12 11 ipprotocol Parameter Name lt index gt lt bport gt eigrp Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory Source IP Address Valid values IP Address Type Mandatory Description Delete an IP allow entry Syntax ipallow index delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 1920 Type Mandatory Description Configure a IP protocol deny access list entry ipprotocol index deny lt bport gt eigrp ipprotocol index deny lt bport gt gre ipprotocol index deny bport icmp ipprotocol index deny lt bport gt igmp Syntax ipprotocol index deny bport igp ipprotocol index deny bport ipinip ipprotocol index
178. cation Valid values 0 system info location string 255 characters ASCII CODE 0x01 Ox7F Default value Location Type Mandatory 13 3 182 system info name Description Modify system name 264 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax system info name string Parameter Name Description string System Name Valid values 0 255 characters ASCII CODE 0x01 Ox7F Default value localhost Type Mandatory 13 3 183 temperature shift down lt time gt Description Set downshift time Syntax temperature shift down time Parameter Name Description timer Downshift time Valid values 1 255 seconds Default value 10 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 184 temperature shift up lt time gt Description Set upshift time Syntax temperature shift up time Parameter Name Description timer Downshift time Valid values 1 255 seconds Default value 10 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 185 temperature threshold down threshold Description Set downshift temperature threshold Syntax temperature threshold down threshold Parameter Name Description lt thresholdr gt Downshift temperature threshold Valid values 55 85 degrees Centigrade Default value 40 Type Mandatory 13 3 186 temperature threshold fan lt threshold gt Description Set fan temperature threshold 265 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax Parameter temperature threshold fan threshold Name lt thresholdr gt Description Fan
179. ckoff K2 of a VDSLLineConfProfile K1 and K2 parameters allow the user more flexibility in using Upstream Power Back Off UPBO on CPE modem Changing K1 and K2 values will affect the CPE Tx PSD Please refer to VDSL standards for exact relation between K1 K2 parameters and Tx PSD There is a set of K1 K2 parameters associated with each upstream band in the PSD Upstream Band 0 or Optional band Upstream band 1 Upstream band 2 Upstream band 3 Upstream band4 and Upstream Band 5 Setting all K2 parameters to 0 and all K1 to a high power level ie low number will essentially disable UPBO lineconfprofile uppbok2 lt name gt lt index gt lt k2 gt Name lt name gt lt index gt lt k2 gt Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory Index 0 opt 1 US1 2 US2 3 US3 4 USA 5 US5 Valid values 0 5 vdslLineConfUpPboK2 Valid values 1000000 100000 Units 0 001 dBm Hz Effective Range 1000 100 dBm Hz 286 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Default value 0 dBm Hz 081 15780 dBm Hz US2 10710 dBm Hz US3 5400 dBm Hz 054 0 dBm Hz USS 0 dBm Hz 13 5 29 lineconfprofile uppsdtone Description Configure upstream PSD tones of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile uppsdtone lt name gt lt index gt lt freq gt lt psdLevel gt Parameter Name Description lt name gt Profile Name Valid values 32 characters Type Mandatory lt index gt
180. click on Forwarding and then Forwarding Static The following page is displayed Forwarding Static Configuration Previous Command Result Success Creation Area Create nde Physical Port MAC VID Process Index TS Pes z Query Table Query FD Static Index 1 Delete Index Physical Port MAC VID 55 Select to Delete f PVC 123400000041 Deny F Delete Table 0 36 Forwarding DB Label Description Creation Area Index This field shows the index of the entry in the table Physical Port Select the output bridge port 1 219 MAC Type in the MAC address for the static entry VID Type in the VID for the static entry 1 4094 Click on the drop down list and select Deny or Pass Pass means to forward the packets with destination MAC Process address matching one of the static forwarding MAC addresses to a specified output bridge port Deny means to drop the packets Create Click on this button to create a new entry Query Table Query FD Static Index Select the page to be displayed Select to Delete Click on the checkbox of the entry you want to delete Once you have selected which entries to be deleted click on Delete Delete button 87 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 9 DHCP 4 9 1 DHCP PPPoE Configuration This option allows you to configure the D
181. create a new ETH statistics entry An owner is the entity that configured this entry and is therefore using the resources assigned to it Remote Monitoring ETH Statistics Previous Command Result Success Select Type ErH Statistics Next 3 Data Source GBEI Owner RMON3 NEW Index 4 ZE Data Source CBE gt GBE Owner RMONI RMON2 DropEvents 00000000 00000000 Octets 00152ad 00152446 Pkts 000031bd 000031bd BroadcastPkts 000018d7 00001847 MulticastPkts 000018e6 000018e6 CRCAlignErrors 00000000 00000000 UndersizePkts 00000000 00000000 OversizePkts 00000000 00000000 Fragments 00000000 00000000 Jabbers 00000000 00000000 Collisions 00000000 00000000 Pkts64Octets 000018e6 000018 Pkts65to127Octets 00000000 00000000 Pktsi28to255O0ctets 00001847 00001847 Pkts256to5110ctets 00000000 00000000 Pkts512to10230ctets 00000000 00000000 Pkts1024to15180ctets 00000000 00000000 To modify an entry in this table click on the index to select the entry type in new value and then click on Modify To delete an entry click on the index to select the entry and then click on Delete 160 VDSL2 IP DSLAM The following parameters are monitored in this table Table 0 1 RMON ETH Statistics variables Variable Description DropEvents Monitoring Rx dropped packets
182. ct the user you want to delete modify Then click on Delete Modify button Note that the default admin user cannot be deleted 28 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 10 Login Users List This option allows you to query current log in users with both interface type and IP information From the System menu click on Login Users List The following page is displayed Login Users List The user marked with means yourself Index Interface Type Account Name Information 4 admin 192 168 8 224 via http Table 0 7 Login Users List Label Description Index This field shows the index of login user list This field shows the interface type through which the user accesses the DSLAM Account Name This field shows the account name of the user This field shows more information about the user including IP address of the management PC etc Interface Type Information 29 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 11 Operational Interface This option allows you to modify the timeout setting for the operational interface Note that this option is for super user only From the System menu click on Operational Interface The following page is displayed Operational Interface Previous Command Result Normal Modify Idle Timeout seconds Max session count Table 0 8 Operational Interface Timeout Setup Label Description Type in the timeout seconds for the operation
183. d This is used when the bridge is or is attempting to become the root bridge This can be any value in seconds between 6 and 40 BUT it is constrained by the hellotime and forwarddelay times MaxAge Sets the time after which the spanning tree process sends notification of topology changes to the root bridge This is used when the bridge is or is attempting to become the root bridge This can be any value in seconds between 1 and 10 BUT it is constrained by the maximum age and forwarddelay times Hello Time Sets the time that the bridge spends in listening or learning states when the bridge is or is attempting to become the root bridge This can be any value in seconds between 4 and 30 BUT it is constrained by the maxage and hellotimes Forwarding Delay The maxage hellotime and forwarddelay times are constrained as follows 2 x forwarddelay 1 gt maxage maxage gt 2 x hellotime 1 For example the default settings are 2x 15 1 220 Current system STP setting and status are shown in the Current Status table Current Status 76 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 6 2 STP Port Settings This page allows you to setup the STP Port From the Bridge menu click on Spanning Tree and then STP Port Settings The following page is displayed Spanning Tree Protocol Bridging Ports Previous Command Result Normal RSTP Link Type Ele Tre gt STP Port Disabled E Priority 128 path cos PO Modify
184. d combinations are listed below default Default value bits 000000 af11 Assured Forwarding Class 1 Low Drop bits 001010 af12 Assured Forwarding Class 1 Medium Drop bits 001100 af13 Assured Forwarding Class 1 High Drop bits 001110 af21 Assured Forwarding Class 2 Low Drop bits 010010 TOS af22 Assured Forwarding Class 2 Medium Drop bits 010100 af23 Assured Forwarding Class 2 High Drop bits 010110 af31 Assured Forwarding Class 3 Low Drop bits 011010 af32 Assured Forwarding Class 3 Medium Drop bits 011100 af33 Assured Forwarding Class 3 High Drop bits 011110 af41 Assured Forwarding Class 4 Low Drop bits 100010 af42 Assured Forwarding Class 4 Medium Drop bits 100100 67 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Priority Out Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN priority 0 7 Create Click on this button to create a new entry in the table No From To Type in the range of entry number in the table you want to view value range is 1 200 Query To query entries type in the entry number range and then click on this button Delete To delete entries type in the entry number range and then click on this button 68 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 5 4 VLAN Rate Limit This option allows you to limit the rate of broadcast multicast packets that are received on a VLAN However the usage of broadcast rate limiting has some restriction That is o
185. dB Type Mandatory VDSL line upstream maximum SNR margin Valid values 0 1275 Units 0 1 dB Step 0 5 dB Effective Range 0 127 5 dB Default value 127 5 dB Type Mandatory VDSL line downstream minimum SNR margin Valid values 0 310 283 VDSL2 IP DSLAM upmin lt dntar gt lt uptar gt Units 0 1 dB Step 0 5 dB Effective Range 0 31 0 dB Default value 5 dB Type Mandatory VDSL line upstream minimum SNR margin Valid values 0 310 Units 0 1 dB Step 0 5 dB Effective Range 0 31 0 dB Default value 5 dB Type Mandatory VDSL line downstream target SNR margin Valid values 0 310 Units 0 1 dB Step 0 5 dB Effective Range 0 31 0 dB Default value 6 dB Type Mandatory VDSL line upstream target SNR margin Valid values 0 310 Units 0 1 dB Step 0 5 dB Effective Range 0 31 0 dB Default value 6 dB Type Mandatory 13 5 25 lineconfprofile stdrfiband Description Configure masked RFI bands of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile stdrfiband lt name gt lt value gt Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 32 characters Type Mandatory value VDSL line standard RFI bands Valid values bitmap 1810 1825 0 1 810 1 825 MHz ANNEX F 1810_2000 1 1 810 2 000 MHz ETSI T1E1 19075_19125 2 1 9075 1 9125 MHz ANNEX F 3500_3575 3 3 500 3 575 MHz ANNEX F 3500_3800 4
186. date This option allows you to ftp get the boot loader from a server and write to flash for updating the boot loader From the Maintenance menu click on Boot Loader Update The following page is displayed Boot Loader Update Previous Command Result Normal Reboot After RemoteDownload pm Remote Server IP KH HE Server User Name Server Password u E File Name 5 Warning Upgrading boot loader may cause system crash Table 0 3 Boot Loader Update Label Description FTP Getand Write password and boot loader namo click on this button to start the boot loader update process Reboot After Select the checkbox to let system reboot automatically once RemoteDownload the boot loader update is finished Remote Server IP Type in the IP address of the FTP server Server User Name Type in the FTP user name Server Password Type in the FTP password File Name in the boot loader filename string length 1 64 148 9 Fault Management 9 1 Alarm Event 9 2 Alarm Profile 9 3 Hardware Temperature 149 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 9 1 Alarm Event This option allows you to query current alarm history alarm and event log From the Maintenance menu click on Fault Management and then Alarm Event The Current Alarm page is displayed Click on the Alarm Event Select drop down list and select Current Alarm History Alarm or Event Log to view
187. dex gt notify name lt gt 22 02 257 13 3 161 snmp index notify 2 22 2 1 22 2 4 45 00 1 257 13 9102 SIMD MARC s dete SAR Qa a a a hu a 258 13 3 1603 snmp mdex Target delete tato tna tat to etie och 258 13 3 164 sntp polling interval lt gt 258 13 3 165 sntp server address lt 1 gt 259 13 9 166 8 259 13 3 167 Stp default reete reet bein Pe tis 259 13 3 168 stp disable enmsble us ie 259 13 3 169 stp Torwatd delay 2 5 om eee tucse toute needa 259 13 3 170 stp hello time eene nennen nennen 260 19 9 NEA o 260 13 3 17 2 Stp priority sorore BER 260 13 3 173 stp version rstp 261 13 3 174 syslog disable 222 222 2 2 2 00000011010 261 13 3 175 syslog max file size lt gt 22222 22444 0 2 0 0000 261 13 3 176 5yslog Servel 261 13 3 171 SYstem
188. disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 11 12 vlan Description Configure VLAN member set setting vlan lt vlanid gt tag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt tag isolation disable vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation disable Parameter Name Description Syntax 320 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt vlanid gt tag untag isolation isolation disable VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory Enable default VLAN port isolation Type Mandatory Disable default VLAN port isolation 13 11 13 vlan regen incoming lt outgoing gt Syntax Parameter Name incoming outgoing Description Configure priority re generation vlan regen incoming outgoing Description Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory Outgoing VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 11 14 vlan regen incoming disable Syntax Parameter Name incoming Description Disable priority re generation vlan regen incoming disable Description Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 321 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 12 Access Control List Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Access Control List Mode include the commands in section 0 section
189. disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 12 5 dstip lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt ip gt lt netmask gt Description Configure a destination IP address deny access list entry Syntax dstip lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt ip gt lt netmask gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory ip Destionation IP address Type Mandatory netmask Netmask Type Mandatory 13 12 6 dstip index disable Description Disable a destination IP address deny access list entry 323 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax dstip index disable Parameter Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 12 7 dstmac index deny lt bport gt mac Description Configure a destination MAC address deny access list entry Syntax dstmac index deny bport mac Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory bport Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory ma
190. e 1day name ess sess lt uass gt Syntax Parameter Name name ess Sess uass Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory vdslLineAlarmConfNeThresh1DayESs Valid values 0 86400 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory vdslLineAlarmConfNeThresh1DaySESs Valid values 0 86400 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory vdslLineAlarmConfNeThreshl DayUASs Valid values 0 86400 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory 13 5 4 linealarmconfprofile fe 1day Description Configure near end 1 day interval PM thresholds linealarmconfprofile fe 1day name ess sess lt uass gt Syntax Parameter Name name ess Sess uass Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory vdslLineAlarmConfFeThresh1 DayESs Valid values 0 86400 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory vdslLineAlarmConfFeThresh1 DaySESs Valid values 0 86400 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory vdslLineAlarmConfFeThreshlDayUASs Valid values 0 86400 seconds Default value 0 Type Mandatory 273 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 5 5 linealarmconfprofile initfail Description Configure initialization failure notification Syntax Parameter linealarmconfprofile initfail lt name gt lt initfail gt Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory lt initfail gt vdslLineA
191. e bits Los Click on the drop down list and select incoming TOS value range 0 7 then you can create the mapping between TOS and VLAN priority du Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN Priority Out priority 0 7 going Click on this button to create a new row in the priority Create table Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority table you want to view No range 1 200 No From To Once you have selected the row number range click on Query this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to delete the rows in the priority table Delete 60 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt IP Source VLAN IP Source Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark Source NextNo 2 Interface From 4 4 Priority Out o Create source iP 70 0 0 0 ASK O 0 0 0 No From 1 To 1 Query Delete sss IP Source ADDRESS Subnet Mask Outgoing Vlan Priority loom wee ol Table 0 14 VLAN Priority Remark Setup IP Source Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create oriana Fror Miss The value of interface index is 1 219 Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN Priority Out priority 0 7 Create 2 on this button to create new row in the p
192. e 0 3 RMON History Table Label Description Histlndex This field shows the History Table index The history identified by this index is the same history as identified by the same value of History Control index Samplelndex The Sample index uniquely identifies the particular Sample among all samples associated with the same History Control entry 163 VDSL2 IP DSLAM IntervalStart The value of System Up Time at the start of the interval over which this sample was measured System Up Time is the time since the network management portion of the system was last re initialized Table 0 4 RMON ETH History variables Variable Description DropEvents Monitoring Rx dropped packets Octets Monitoring Rx bytes packets Pkts Monitoring Rx packets BroadcastPkts Monitoring Rx broadcast packets MulticastPkts Monitoring Rx multicast packets CRCAlignErrors Monitoring Rx error alignment packets UndersizePkts Monitoring Rx undersize packets OversizePkts Monitoring Rx oversize packets Fragments Monitoring Rx fragments packets Jabbers Monitoring Rx jabber packets Collisions Monitoring Tx single collision packets TxBytes Monitoring Tx bytes TxPackets Monitoring Tx packets TxMulticast Monitoring Tx multicast TxBroadcast Monitoring Tx broadcast Utilization Monitoring Tx Utilization 164 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt V Alarm This
193. e From 4 To 4 Protocol UDP Create From EN Query Delete No Interface Protocol Filter M ae X MrUDP Table 0 27 Protocol Filtering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created Click on this drop down list and select a protocol UDP TCP OSPF IGMP IGP EIGRP IP in IP GRE and ICMP Note the IGMP protocol filtering can only work when IGMP ACL mode is disabled refer to O Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Click on this drop down list and select the filtering type for Filtering Type listing The types include Protocol Source MAC Source IP L4 Dest Port and Destination IP Type in the range of serial number in the filter rule table for listing Valid number range 1 256 No From To Once you have specified the serial number click on this button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial number click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 78 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Source MAC Filtering Source MAC Filtering and Result Success Filtering Source MAC Next No 2 Interface From 4 To 4 Create Source MAC Address oO 00 oO 0 I 00 No From 1 1 Query Delete No Interface S
194. e Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory Destionation MAC address Type Mandatory Description Disable a destination MAC address VLAN priority remark entry 338 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax dstmac index disable Parameter Description Index Valid values 256 Type Mandatory 13 14 7 srcip lt index gt lt prio gt lt bport gt lt ip gt lt netmask gt Description Configure a source IP address VLAN priority remark entry Syntax srcip index prio bport ip lt netmask gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory prio Remark VLAN priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory bport Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory ip Source IP address Type Mandatory netmask Netmask Type Mandatory 13 14 8 srcip lt index gt disable Description Disable a source IP address VLAN priority remark entry Syntax srcip index disable Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 14 9 srcmac index prio lt bport gt
195. e Querier By varying this value an administrator may tune the number of IGMP messages on the network larger values cause IGMP Queries to be sent less often Value range is 1 500 Default is 125 seconds URI 1 500 s The Unsolicited Report Interval is the time between repetitions of a host s initial report of membership in a group Value range is 1 500 Default 1 second BC 1 500 s The Older Host Present Interval It represents how long a host must wait after hearing a Version 1 Query before it may send any IGMPv2 messages Default is 400 sec MRT 1 500 s The burstiness of IGMP traffic is inversely proportional to the Max Response Time A longer Max Response Time will spread Report messages over a longer interval However a longer Max Response Time in Group Specific and Source and Group Specific Queries extends the leave latency The leave latency is the time between when the last member stops listening to a source or group and when the traffic stops flowing Value range is 1 500 Default is 10 LMQT 1 500 s The Last Member Query Interval is the Max Response Time used to calculate the Max Resp Code inserted into Group Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages Itis also the Max Response Time used in calculating the Max Resp Code for Group and Source Specific Query messages Value range is 1 500 Default is 1 GMT 1 500 s Read only value The Group Membership Interval is t
196. e SRC PORT M 196 155 Table 0 32 Layer 4 Source Port Filtering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created Type in the Layer 4 Source Port number 1 65535 Source Port Note The L4 source port number represents the name of the application that sent the data in the IP packet Type in the range of serial number in the filter rule table No From To Valid number value 1 256 Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Once you have specified the serial number click on this suey button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial number click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 83 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Destination MAC Filtering Destination MAC Filtering nd Result Success Filtering Tvpe Destination MAC Next No 2 Interface From 4 To 4 Create Destination MAC Address 00 5 oO oO oo oo From ET Query Delete No Interface Destination MAC M 5 1 e 27 00 00 00 58 Table 0 33 Destination MAC Filtering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created Destination MAC Address Typ
197. e digital family As the demand for broadband connections steadily increases cable modems and ADSL are not fast enough to support the integration of home services Many people see VDSL VDSL2 as the next step in providing a complete home communication entertainment solution The Planet VC 2402 takes advantage of VDSL2 technology with core IP switching functionality to participate in the competition of broadband last mile This allows operators to easily offer services such as IPTV VoIP HDTV VOD videoconferencing Internet access and advanced voice services at the same copper line Besides due to the performance of VDSL2 is limited by loop length performance degrades dramatically when loop length longer than 300m providing ADSL 2 2 operation modes in the same copper line with VDSL2 will be beneficial to industry to compensate coverage weakness of a VDSL2 DSLAM The Planet VC 2402 is suitable for small size application and can be easily deployed in remote location for instance remote terminal business parks street cabinets etc to extend the service reach distance 1 1 Product Features High Speed VDSL2 Technology Planet VC 2402 supports VDSL2 service via POTS ISDN user interface Built in POTS ISDN Splitters Streamline installation and increase cost effectiveness System Overheating Protection This system includes three functions FAN alarm indicating if FAN malfunction temperature monitoring and system overheating trap funct
198. e filter rule table Valid number value 1 256 Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Once you have specified the serial number click on this button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial number click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 80 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Layer 4 Destination Port Filtering Layer 4 Destination Port Filtering 1and Result Success Filtering Type u Dest Port Next No 2 Interface From 4 4 Destination Port 65535 Create From 1 To l Query Delete No Interface DEST PORT 1 196 165535 Table 0 30 Layer 4 Destination Port Filtering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created in the Layer 4 Destination Port number 1 65535 Note The L4 destination port number represents the name of the application that is to receive the data contained within the IP packet Destination Port Type in the range of serial number in the filter rule table NG ETON Mes Valid number value 1 256 Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Quer Once you have specified the serial number click on this button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial numb
199. e in the MAC Address of the destination Type in the range of serial number in the filter rule table Valid number value 1 256 No From To Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Once you have specified the serial number click on this SES button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial number click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 84 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 7 2 Denial Access Control List ACL This option allows you to configure the Denial Access Control List specify certain types of packets to be rejected From the Bridge menu click on Filtering and then Denial ACL The following page is displayed Denial Access Control List Result Normal Interface From 1 Modify e NetBios e TARP Interface From i To Query Interface Net Bios ARP Broadcast 1 Discard Pass 5 Pass Discard Table 0 34 Access Conirol List Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index The bridge interface must have been created Interface From To NetBios Click on this checkbox to specify NetBios packets to be rejected Click on this checkbox to specify ARP packets to be ARP rejected 85 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 8 Forwarding 4 8 1 TP Forwarding DB This option allows you to retrieve the status of the transparent
200. e initial password is known to anyone who reads this manual User Name admin Password admin Click on the Login button The admin user has super user level access so you can create new user account and access permissions from this account You are now ready to configure your DSLAM using the Web Configuration Tool IPDSLAM IPDSLAM is a high performance 24 port VDSL2 IP DSLAM It supports intelligent multimedia traffic management to deliver voice video and data services Web Interface Login User Name admin Password eevee Login Cancel VDSL2 IP DSLAM Figure 0 1 Web Configuration Tool login page 4 The following page is displayed This is the homepage of the Web Configuration Window title Node ID selection for Cluster Menu tree Work area Tool Stacking Node ID Main Unit Refresh Access Level SuperUser System Version me pwsos frw22510733 NT Trunk Card Security LED State SYS GREEN __ 1 2 ardge GBE1 A M VDSLADSL BpLiakMode Upliak Speed DOWN C Traffic Profile GBE2 BpLixkMode Upliak Speed DOWN CI SNMP Maintenance OFF FF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Port 9 16 OFF OFF OFF FF OFF OFF OFF JE E e SS Se Cluster Port 17 24 rr jorr jor pr o o jer jor Logout Blog Hardware Alarm Emi prs pene Bu 7
201. e rows in the priority table 63 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt Destination VLAN MAC Destination Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark Destination Next No 2 Interface Ed El Priority Out o Create Destination MAC Address o 00 00 00 No From ES To Fi Query Delete Interface Destination ADDRESS Outgoing Vian Priority 1 29 aa 00 ee 00 35 10 0 Table 0 17 VLAN Priority Remark Setup MAC Source Label Description Interface From TO Type in the range of interface index you want to create The value of interface index is 1 219 Priority Out Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN priority 0 7 Create Click on this button to create a new row in the priority table Destination MAC Address Type in the MAC Address of the destination No From To Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority table you want to view No range 1 200 Query Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Delete Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to delete the rows in the priority table 64 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt VLAN ID VLAN ID Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark 6 VLAN ID Next 2
202. e you want to view No range 1 200 Once you have selected the row number range click on Query this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to delete the rows in the priority table Delete 62 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt MAC Source VLAN MAC Source Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark MAC Source Next No 2 Interface To 4 Priority Out o z Sese Source MAC Address oO oO oO 0 z 0 ES Query Delete undi e Source ADDRESS Ps Priority M 5 10 00 00 31 00 ff o Table 0 16 VLAN Priority Remark Setup MAC Source Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create meraca Froni Tie The value of interface index is 1 219 Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN priority 0 7 Click on this button to create a new row in the priority table Source MAC Address Type in the MAC Address of the coming source Priority Out Create Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority table you Oodd want to view No range 1 200 Once you have selected the row number range click on Query this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Once you have selected the row number range click on Delete this button to delete th
203. eate a new entry in the table This field shows the bridge port index The bridge port index can be calculated by the following formula GBE1 gt User Port 1 GBE2 gt User Port 2 Link Aggregation bridge port gt User Port 3 Line side gt User Port User port phyport_id 24 bridge port_id 1 3 where phyport_id Circuit ID 1 24 bridge port_id PVC ID of a circuit 1 8 for ATM bridge port 9 for Packet mode bridge port Delete Select an entry in the table and then click on this button to delete it Modify Select an entry in the table select the checkbox change the parameters to new value and then click on this button to modify Select to Delete You must remember to click on the checkbox of the bridge port you want to modify or delete Other Labels As described in Area for creating a new bridge port in ATM Mode 41 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 3 Trunk Bridge Port This option allows you to setup trunk bridge port for packet mode From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then Trunk Bridge Port The following page is displayed Trunk Bridge Port Setup for Packet Mode Physical Port GigaBit 1 1 1024 300 0 Untagged Previous Command Result Normal VID AgingTime V Pri Tagging Ingress Filter Acceptable Frame Isolation Mode Refresh Lace Select to Modify Au Enable
204. ected configuration profiles and alarm profiles Also you can query current setting and the operational status of the line ports From the System menu click on LT Circuit Setup LT Circuit Setup Previous Command Result Normal Check All to Modify Check All to Enable Check All to Disable Refresh Physical Port Selectto Admin opStatus Config Profile Alarm Profile PhoneNumber Description modify Status o2 E n Modify ors lide DEFVAL DEFVAL Tr Ir 1 Port uo Of Pos org idle DEFVAL Pores org T Fino DEFVAL j mem Table 0 2 Circuit Setup Label Description Check All to Modif Clicking on this checkbox is equal to select the Modify y checkboxes of all circuits Check All to Enable Click on this checkbox to service on all the circuits Check All to Disable Click on this checkbox to service off all the circuits Modif Once you have changed the parameter value click on this y button to apply the modification Refresh Click on this button to get most recent setup and status of the circuits Physical Port This field shows the number of physical line port Click on the checkbox of the circuit you want to modify Select to modify Without clicking on the checkbox the modifica
205. ectto Modify Jota PVC IPDSLAM 1 005 006 PDSLAM 1 005 006 FALSE E Transparent I7 Pol PacketMode IPDSLAM LO0L196 PDSLAM 001 196 FALSE g Transparent z I7 Table 0 38 DHCP PPPoE Circuit Label Description This field shows the physical line port number and ATM PVC number for ADSL mode Agent circuit ID information Type in the Circuit ID when Agent Circuit ID Customize is selected for the Circuit Type refer to previous section Agent Remote ID Agent remote ID information Trusted configuration of the circuit TRUE means the circuit is to Trusted be trusted FALSE means to be untrusted the relay agent will discard the DHCP packets from an untrusted circuit PPPoE Mode PPPoE mode Transparent or Relay Select the checkbox before you click Modify button otherwise the modify action won t take effect 89 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 9 3 DHCP Server Profile Config This option allows you to configure the DHCP server profile used when DSLAM is set to act as DHCP server From the Bridge menu click on DHCP and then DHCP Server Profile Config The following page is displayed DHCP Server Profile config Previous Command Result Normal Query Profile Selection profile 2 gt Current Configuration and Modification Area Profile Contents mel Index Start IP End Ip Netmask Gateway DNS1 DNS2 res ime
206. elect Type ETH History History Index History Query Histlndex 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Samplelndex 31 32 33 37 38 39 30 IntervalStart 2345469 2345471 2345473 2345481 2345483 2345485 2345467 DropEvents 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Octets 00168090 00168090 00168090 00168090 00168090 00168090 00168090 Pkts 000034e0 000034e0 000034e0 000034e0 000034e0 000034e0 000034e0 BroadcastPkts 00001a68 00001a68 00001a68 00001a68 00001a68 00001a68 00001268 MulticastPkts 00001 78 00001a78 00001a78 00001a78 00001 78 00001278 00001278 CRCAlignErrors 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 UndersizePkts 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 OversizePkts 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Fragments 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Jabbers 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Collisions 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 TxBytes 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 TxPackets 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 TxMulticast 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 TxBroadcast 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Utilization 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 00000000 Tabl
207. elect the connecting interface through Cluster which the DSLAMs are connected with each other in a cluster Two Interface kinds of interfaces are provided GBE in band connection and MGMT Selection out band connection This selection is available only when in Cluster Idle state the DSLAM is not in a cluster Type in O or a positive integer as the priority to be Master means to let system decides Master and Slaves If positive integer is typed in the Priorit smaller the number is the higher priority for the DSLAM to be a master y in a cluster But if there s already a Master in a cluster a new added DSLAM cannot try to be the Master by entering a smaller voting key number the Master cannot be changed in this way in the NE name in the cluster 1 255 characters Note that the Nama name here is identical to the System Name set in the System Information page If you modify the Name here the System Name will also be changed accordingly Domain Type in the name of the cluster domain Cluster Version This field shows the Cluster protocol version DSLAMs with different Cluster Version may fail to group as a cluster Cluster Protocol Select to enable or disable cluster protocol Configured Valid options are Master or Slave Master or Slave is decided by the Roles system Slave Only role for the DLSAM is always Slave Modify Click on this button to apply the modification 175 VDSL2 IP DSLAM
208. elete Description Delete a RMON alarm entry Syntax rmon alarm lt index gt delete Parameter Name Description lt index gt RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory 13 3 123 rmon alarm lt index gt falling eventindex lt number gt Description Set RMON alarm falling event index Syntax rmon alarm index falling eventindex number Parameter Name Description index RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory number RMON alarm falling eventindex Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory 13 3 124 rmon alarm index falling threshold numbers Description Set RMON alarm falling threshold Syntax rmon alarm index falling threshold number Parameter Name Description index RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory 245 VDSL2 IP DSLAM number RMON alarm falling threshold Valid values 0 OXFFFFFFFF Type Mandatory 13 3 125 rmon alarm index owner owner Description Set RMON alarm owner Syntax rmon alarm index owner owner Parameter Name Description index RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory owner RMON alarm owner Valid values 0 127 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 126 rmon alarm index rising eventindex lt number gt Description Set RMON alarm rising event index Syntax rmon alarm index rising eventindex number Parameter Name Description index RMON
209. em will produce notification alarm when the Up Shift TH monitored system temperature is higher than Up Shift TH 55 85 C for over Up Shift Time 1 255 sec Up Shift Time Sec Refer to the description for Up Shift TH The system will produce notification alarm when the Down Shift TH monitored system temperature is lower than Down Shift TH 55 85 C for over Down Shift Time 1 255 sec Down Shift Time Sec Refer to the description for Down Shift TH Fan ON TH FAN Enable temperature threshold 40 15 C When the system temperature is higher than the threshold the 154 VDSL2 IP DSLAM fan will be turned on automatically 155 10 Performance Monitoring 10 1 Interface Counter 10 2 RMON 10 3 xDSL Day Interval 156 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 10 1 Interface Counter This option allows you to view the Ethernet performance statistics of the trunk or line bridge interface From the Performance Monitoring menu click on Interface Counter Click on the leftmost drop down list to select interface GigaBit 1 GigaBit 2 LACP 3 Line if Line interface is selected you must further click on the middle and rightmost drop down list to select the physical port number and PVC number or select Packet Mode if the port is configured in packet mode At last click on Query to get data of that interface Interface Counter GigaBit gt Physical Port Po 0l z items Value Data Valid Valid
210. emark List entries Syntax default priority list srcip Parameter None 13 3 49 default priority list srcmac Description Delete all source MAC address Priority Remark List entries Syntax default priority list srcmac Parameter None 13 3 50 default priority list tos Description Delete all ToS IP Precedence Priority Remark List entries Syntax default priority list tos Parameter None 13 3 51 default priority list vlanid Description Delete all VLAN ID Priority Remark List entries Syntax default priority list vlanid Parameter None 13 3 52 default profile alarm Description Set all alarm profiles to default Syntax default profile alarm Parameter None 13 3 53 default protocol vlan Description Delete all configured Protocol VLAN Syntax default protocol vlan Parameter None 13 3 54 default rmon alarm Description Set RMON alarm configuration to default Syntax default rmon alarm Parameter None 228 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 55 default rmon all Description Set all RMON configuration to default Syntax default rmon all Parameter None 13 3 56 default rmon event Description Set RMON event configuration to default Syntax default rmon event Parameter None 13 3 57 default rmon history Description Set RMON history control configuration to default Syntax default rmon history Parameter None 13 3 58 default rmon statistic Description Set RMON statistic configuration to default Syntax default rmon statis
211. er click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 81 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Destination IP Filtering Destination IP Filtering 1and Result Success Filtering Type Destination IP Next No 2 Interface From 4 To 4 Create Destination PTO 0 0 0 Sumnet Mask O O O_ Mo From 1 To Query Delete No Interface Destination IP Subnet Mask M 1988 192 188 6 25 255 255 255 0 Table 0 31 Destination IP Filtering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created Destination IP Type in the Destination IP address Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Type in the range of serial number in the filter rule table Oe PTO Valid number value 1 256 Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Once you have specified the serial number click on this Suey button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial number click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 82 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Layer 4 Source Port Filtering Layer 4 Source Port Filtering nand Result Success Filtering Type 14 Src Port Next No 2 Interface From 4 4 Source Port 65535 Create From 1 l Query Delete No Interfac
212. er of UBR CBR on per port basis Provide PCR peak cell rate configurable parameter for CBR service Support profile based traffic management up to 16 traffic descriptors with one default and 15 user configurable descriptors Support PPPoE transparent forwarding and PPPoE intermediate agent 2 Web Configuration Tool Overview 2 1 Accessing Web Configuration Tool 2 2 About Web Configuration Tool pages 2 3 Operating Examples VDSL2 IP DSLAM 2 1 Accessing Web Configuration Tool To access Web Configuration Tool on a VC 2402 1 Connect a PC to the console port of the DSLAM At the console type the following CLI command WDS gt enable enter the enable command mode from initial mode WDS show management display all in band and out band management setting At your web browser enter the URL you retrieve by using the above command If you need to change the accessing port number default is 80 of the Web Configuration Tool use the following CLI command with the correct values added WDS configure enter the configuration command mode from enable mode WDS conf hitp port lt number gt set http port number Logging in to Web Configuration Tool Once you connect to the DSLAM a login page is displayed You must enter your username and password to access the pages The system default login username and password are as follows you should change the password as soon as possible because th
213. erformance 1 Day Interval Table show interface xdsl vdsl chanperflday lt portNo gt vdslPhysSide inta vdsIChannelType interval Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 24 0 all xdsl ports Type Mandatory lt vdslPhysSide gt VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory lt vdslChannelType gt VDSL Channel Valid values 124 interleave 125 fast 0 display all Type Mandatory interval Interval number Valid values 1 7 Type Mandatory 13 2 68 show interface xdsl vdsl config Description Show VDSL port configuration Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl config lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 all xdsl ports Type Mandatory 13 2 69 show interface xdsl vdsl currentStatus Description Show VDSL current status Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl currentStatus lt portNo gt lt vdslPhysSide gt Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory lt vdslPhysSide gt VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 70 show interface xdsl vdsl delt bandparams Description Show DELT parameters of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt bandparams lt portNo gt 205 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Description VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 di
214. ery The channel status of both VTUC and VTUR will be displayed Table 0 7 VDSL Channel Status Label Description Adminstate Administrative state On Off OpState Operational state Data Idle Interleave Delay Actual Interleaving Delay ms CRC Block Length CRC block length bytes Tx Rate Data Rate Actual transmit data rate kbps TxProtection Actual transmit impulse noise protection DMT symbols 124 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 7 VDSL Failure State This option allows you to view the VDSL failure state From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Failure State The following page is displayed VDSL Failure State Refresh Physical Port AdminState OpState LOS LOPWR LOL LSQ IF NP ESE NCDSW LCDSW NCDFT LCDFT FE Por on Handshake NEm mim mim mimimim m G m m me zi I NH Ports ala aa m m ma m Porta m mim m m Pots or a llm mm Table 0 8 VDSL Failure State Label Description LOS xDSL Loss Of Signal LOF xDSL Loss Of Framing LOPWR xDSL Loss Of Power Failure LOL xDSL Loss Of Link LSQ xDSL Loss Of Signal Qualit
215. es 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all 203 VDSL2 IP DSLAM vdsIChannelType vdslChannelType Valid values 124 interleave 125 fast 0 display all 13 2 65 show interface xdsl vdsl chanperf Description Show VDSL Channel Performance Table show interface xdsl vdsl chanperf lt portNo gt lt vdslPhysSide gt Syntax lt vdslChannelType gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 xdsl ports Type Mandatory lt vdslPhysSide gt VDSL physical side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory lt vdslChannelType gt VDSL Channel Type Valid values 124 interleave 125 fast 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 66 show interface xdsl vdsl chanperf15min Description Show VDSL Channel Performance 15 min Interval Table show interface xdsl vdsl chanperf15min lt portNo gt lt vdslPhysSide gt Spatar lt vdslChannelType gt lt interval gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 xdsl ports Type Mandatory vdsIPhysSide VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory lt vdslChannelType gt VDSL Channel Valid values 124 interleave 125 fast 0 display all Type Mandatory interval Interval number Valid values 1 96 Type Mandatory 13 2 67 show interface xdsl vdsl chanperfiday 204 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Show VDSL Channel P
216. et maximum downstream Tx PSD by tone basis In VDSL configuration profile we have PSD mask per standard basis Here you can set PSD mask by tone basis From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL PSD Configuration and then Downstream PSD The following page is displayed VDSL Max Tx PSD Profile Previous Command Result Success Query Profile Selection Profile test Current Configuration and Modification Area Create Profile Name pof e es Next Sequential Number Ci Tone Frequence PSD Level f 140 dBm Hz Profile Contents Delete Sequential Number ToneFreq KHz PSDLevelidBmHz Select to delete Table 0 3 VDSL Downstream PSD setup Label Description Click on the drop down list and select the profile you want to Guss Profile create PSD for you must create the VDSL configuration profile E first Note that you cannot create PSD mask by tone basis for the default VDSL profile DEFVAL and default ADSL profile ADSL_DEFVAL Profile Name This field shows the name of the profile Next Sequential This field shows the next sequential number of the PSD mask Number Total 32 points can be set for the Tx PSD mask 117 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Tone Frequency Type in the tone frequency in KHz PSD Level oda PSD Level dBm Hz Value range is 140 12 5 5 2 2 Upstream PSD This option allows you to set maximum upstream Rx
217. eta duos 231 13 3 73 default xdsl vdsl linealarmconfprofile 22 231 13 3 74 default xdsl vdsl lineconfprofile 231 13 3 75 default access list ipallow sss 231 13 3 76 default 232 13 3 77 default outband route 232 13 3 78 232 13 3 79 dhcp server profile index 233 13 3 80 dhcp server profile index delete 233 19 23 81 233 13 3 82 trafd68C RAE YR RARUS CR ER ERR 234 13 3 83 fdbstatic number bport lt vlanid gt mac deny pass 234 13 3 84 fdbstatic number disable esse 234 13 3 85 fIrmwWware WIIe 235 13 3 86 firmware Partition 235 13 3 87 http Dort oor A np ede 235 13 39 88 CT 236 13 3 89 igmp acl index channel channel index ip lt uvid gt lt svid gt tag 236 13 3 90 igmp acl index channel channel index 236 13 3 91 igmp acl lt index gt create
218. eter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 11 5 egress tag untag Description Set Default VLAN egress setting egress tag Pratar egress untag Parameter Description Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag b untagged VLAN Type Mandatory 13 11 6 ingress disable enable Description Set ingress filter mode ingress disable Syntax ingress enable Parameter Description Disable ingress filter Type Mandatory enable Enable ingress filter Type Mandatory 13 11 7 isolation Description Configure default VLAN port isolation isolation Syntax isolation disable Parameter Name Description disable Disable default VLAN port isolation Type Mandatory 13 11 8 lacp actor admin key lt key gt Description Set administrative key for the aggregator Syntax lacp actor admin key key 319 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Description Key value Valid values 0 65535 Type Mandatory 13 11 9 lacp actor system priority priority Description Set actor s system priority Syntax lacp actor system priority priority Parameter Name Description priority Priority Valid values 0 65535 Type Mandatory 13 11 10 link mode uplink user Description Configure link mode link mode uplink link mode user Parameter None 13 11 11 vlan lt vlanid gt disable Description Delete VLAN member set Syntax vlan vlanid
219. ex Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory 13 3 164 sntp polling interval interval Description Set SNTP polling interval Syntax sntp polling interval interval 258 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter Description interval Polling Interval Valid values 60 65535 seconds O disabled Type Mandatory 13 3 165 sntp server address lt ip gt Description Set SNTP server address Syntax sntp server address ip Parameter Description ip Sntp server IP address Type Mandatory 13 3 167 stp default Description Set STP configuration to default stp default Parameter None 13 3 168 stp disable enable Description Disable or enable STP Parameter None 13 3 169 stp forward delay Description Set STP forward delay stp forward delay number stp forward delay default Parameter Name Description number STP forward delay value Valid values 4 30 seconds 259 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Default value 15 Type Mandatory default Set STP forward delay value to default Type Mandatory 13 3 170 stp hello time 13 3 171 Description Set STP hello time stp hello time number stp hello time default Parameter Name Description number STP hello time value Valid values 1 10 seconds Default value 2 Type Mandatory default Set STP hello time value to default Type Mandatory stp max age Description Set STP maximum age stp max
220. f Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory priority Priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory default Default Value Type Mandatory afll Assured Forwarding Class 1 Low Drop Type Mandatory af12 Assured Forwarding Class 1 Medium Drop Type Mandatory af13 Assured Forwarding Class 1 High Drop Type Mandatory af21 Assured Forwarding Class 2 Low Drop 336 VDSL2 IP DSLAM af22 af23 af31 af32 af33 af41 af42 af43 ef 13 14 2 ds index disable Syntax Parameter index Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 2 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 2 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 3 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 3 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 3 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 4 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 4 Type Mandatory Assured Forwarding Class 4 Type Mandatory Expedited Forwarding Type Mandatory Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 14 3 dstip index prio lt bport gt ip lt netmask gt Syntax Parameter Name index prio lt bport gt Description Index Valid val
221. fault http Parameter None 13 3 39 default igmp acl Description Delete all configured IGMP ACL profiles Syntax default igmp acl Parameter None 13 3 40 default igmp all Description Set all IGMP configuration acl conf and rtport to default Syntax default igmp all Parameter None 226 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 41 default igmp conf Description Set IGMP configuration to default Syntax default igmp conf Parameter None 13 3 42 default igmp rtport Description Delete all IGMP router port entries Syntax default igmp rtport Parameter None 13 3 43 default linevpmtprofile Description Delete all configured Line VPMT profiles Syntax default linevpmtprofile Parameter None 13 3 44 default priority list all Description Delete all entries of all types of Priority Remark List Syntax default priority list all Parameter None 13 3 45 default priority list ds Description Delete all DiffServ Priority Remark List entries Syntax default priority list ds Parameter None 13 3 46 default priority list dstip Description Delete all destination IP address Priority Remark List entries Syntax default priority list dstip Parameter None 13 3 47 default priority list dstmac Description Delete all destination MAC address Priority Remark List entries Syntax default priority list dstmac Parameter None 227 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 48 default priority list srcip Description Delete all source IP address Priority R
222. figure the Static VLAN table for this line bridge port and the GIGA bridge port in advance Also you must select Non TLS VLAN mode in the Bridge Interface Setup Packet or ATM Bridge Port page otherwise the VLAN translation rule here will not take effect From the Bridge menu click on VLAN Configuration and then VLAN Translation The following page is displayed VLAN Translation Configuration Previous Command Result Success Area for creating a new VLAN Translation Create Index Physical Pot UserVlanld Translation Vlan Mode Ee Pes y Reserved VLAN Translation Query Query Table Query Page Number 822 1 y Delete Index Physical Port lUserVlanid UplinkPort UplinkPriority Translation Vlan Mode UplinkVianid New New CVLAN Selectto CVLANID Priority delete f PCI 1 1 Reserved Select Actually the VC 2402 provides five translation modes four for 1 1 VLAN one for N 1 VLAN refer to DSL Forum 101 1 1 including 1 1 User Mode and VLAN Stacking Replaced Mode If the ADSL user bridge port only has 1 1 VLAN then MAC learning function of this bridge port can be disabled 1 Reserved In this mode the system does not make any change on C Tag That is the uplink port s S Tag is actually the C Tag The system provides a tunnel for the user port and uplink port And one VLAN ID can only make one tunnel 2 Replaced In this mode the sys
223. file for broadcast traffic per bridge port From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then Bridge Port Broadcast Policer Select The following page is displayed Bridge Port Broadcast Policer Select Previous Command Result Normal Make a Bridge port to apply a Broadcast Policer Query Table Query Page Number gt Modify Physical Port Ingress Configured Ingress changed to Select to modify 21 Modify tz Modify 22 x Modify Port 1 PacketMode 1 Modify Click on Select to modify checkbox to select the bridge port you want to modify and click on the ngress changed to drop down list to select the new policer profile index Then click on Modify button to apply 54 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 5 VLAN Configuration 4 5 1 Trunk Priority Mapping This option allows you to map 8 IEEE 802 1p priority values 0 7 to internal priority queue 0 3 the smallest number has the highest priority for each trunk interface From the Bridge menu click on VLAN Configuration and then Trunk Priority Mapping The following page is displayed Trunk Priority Mapping Previous Command Result Normal Physical Port Pri 0 Pri 1 Pri 2 Pri 3 Pri 4 Pri 5 Pri 6 Pri 7 em gt p p p P PF Pass Pass Pass Pass i Pass Pass Pass gt Pass semp p p p P P Pass Pass Pass Pass
224. forwarding database The forwarding table will reveal the information of MAC addresses that are learned or statically configured on a specific bridge port From the Bridge menu click on Forwarding and then TP Forwarding DB The following page is displayed Transparent Forwarding DataBase Previous Command Result Normal Aging Time Sec 300 Modify Transparent Forwarding DB No 1 128 Query No Source MAC Interface Status VID Aging Bit Process Mode 4 00 00 00 00 00 01 1 Dynamic ho On PASS Table 0 35 Forwarding DB Label Description Type in the aging time in seconds 10 600 An entry will Aging Time be removed from the FDB aged out if the device does not transmit for a specified period of time the aging time Modify on this button to apply the modification of Aging Click on the drop down list to select Currently only one option Forwarding DB Select the range of entry number in the forwarding database to be displayed Once you have selected the entry number click on this Query button to get most recent status of MAC addresses forwarding No From To 86 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 8 2 Forwarding Static This option allows you to configure the static MAC address forwarding entries on a specific bridge port The setting of static MAC address takes effect on egress direction of bridge port From the Bridge menu
225. g Description Configure Anti ARP Spoofing Table create or delete entry Syntax anti arp spoofing index create ip mac delete Parameter Name Description index Entry index Valid values 1 1728 Type Mandatory lt gt IP Address to be checked Type Mandatory mac Corresponding MAC Address Type Mandatory 301 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 7 4 arp dhcp snooping Description Configure DHCP snooping for replacing MAC via ARP Syntax arp dhcp snooping lt dhcp snooping gt lt default mac gt Parameter Name Description lt dhcp snooping gt DHCP snooping Valid values 0 disabled 1 enabled Type Mandatory lt default mac gt Default MAC Valid values MAC address Type Optional 13 7 5 bportbc Description Set broadcast rate limit IwPolicer index Syntax bportbc index Parameter Type Mandatory 13 7 6 default prio priority Description Set default priority Syntax default prio priority Parameter Name Description priority Priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 7 7 default vlan vlanid Description Set default VLAN ID Syntax default vlan lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 302 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 7 8 dhcp pppoe config cid rid trusted lt pppoeMode gt Description Set DHCP PPPOE relay parameters Syntax dhcp pppoe config cid rid trusted
226. g lt antiArpSpoofing gt system config antiMacSpoofing lt antiMacSpoofing gt system config deleteOldMac lt deleteOldMac gt system config vlanTranslationService lt vlanTranslationService gt Name Description lt aclService gt Enable ACL service Valid values 0 disable 1 enable Default value 0 262 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt pppoeService gt lt filterAndPriorityRemarkService gt lt rateLimitService gt lt netBiosDenialService gt allowIpService lt addAllowIpBySnoopDHCP gt lt agingTimePerPort gt lt allowDownstreamBc gt lt extEtherType gt replaceArpDefaultGateway Mac lt replaceArpMac gt 263 Type Mandatory Enable PPPOE service Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Enable Filter and Priority Remark service Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Enable rate limiting service Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Enable NetBIOS Denial service Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Enable IP Allow service Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Enable DHCP snooping for dynamically creation of IP Allow Filters Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Enable aging timer per bridge port Valid values O disable 1 enable Default value 0 Type Mandatory Limit downstream broadcast traffic to ARP
227. g only Type Mandatory 13 3 148 runningcfg get ip username password binary cli string Description Get exported configuration files from FTP server runningcfg get ip username password binary string runningcfg get ip username password cli string Parameter Name Description ip FTP server IP address Type Mandatory username Username Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory password Password Valid values 0 31 characters Type Mandatory binary Get two binary images Type Mandatory cli Get a CLI script Type Mandatory string Remote filename Valid values 1 64 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 149 runningcfg import binary cli Description Import configuration from locally exported files Syntax runningcfg import binary noreboot 253 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter runningcfg import cli noreboot Name Description binary Import configuration from locally exported binary images Type Mandatory cli Import configuration from a locally exported CLI script Type Mandatory noreboot Import configuration without Reboot Must reboot system manually for the changes to take effect Type Optional 13 3 150 runningcfg import download binary cli Description Import configuration from files retrieved via runningcfg get Syntax Parameter runningcfg import download binary noreboot runningcfg import download cli noreboot
228. getName2 DDT 162 VI Query Table Query SNMP Target Index 1 Eee nes Index IP Target Name Target Tag Address Trap Select to Select to Port Version Modify Modify Delete Target Tag 1 192 168 1 1 TNI DDT 162 vi DDT 7 Modify Delete Table 0 2 SNMP Target Creation Label Description Index This field shows the SNMP Target index in the table Once you have entered all the parameter values click on this button to create a new SNMP Target IP Type in the IP address where the SNMP trap notification is sent Target Name Type in the name of the SNMP target 1 31 characters Select the Target Tag which is the same with one of the Notify Tags configured in the SNMP Notify page refer to 0 When a Target Tag is the same with a Notify Tag the SNMP notification with that Notify Tag is sent to the Target that has the same tag Type in the Address Port usually SNMP uses UDP port 161 for Address Port general SNMP messages and UDP port 162 for SNMP trap messages Select the SNMP Trap version Currently V1 and V2c are supported Create Target Tag Trap Version 135 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 7 3 SNMP Notify This option allows you to setup the SNMP Notification In SNMPv1 asynchronous event reports are called traps while they are called notifications in later versions of SNMP From the SNMP menu click on SNMP Notify The following page is displayed SNMP Notify Co
229. he amount of time that must pass before a multicast router decides there are no more members of a group or a particular source on a network This value MUST be the Robustness Variable times the Query Interval plus one Query Response Interval Modify Click on this button to modify the IGMP configuration once you have typed in new values for the parameters 95 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 10 2 IGMP ACL Profile Config This option allows you to configure the IGMP ACL Access Control List profile This profile defines the IGMP multicast channels which are allowed to join for each VDSL port That is a multicast stream will be copied to a VDSL port only if that multicast stream is registered in the ACL profile that is bound to this VDSL port The maximum number of IGMP multicast channels in an ACL profile is 512 64 x 8 banks Note that the same multicast channel can be existed concurrently in two or more ACL profiles The ACL profile will be referred to only when ACL mode is enabled in the IGMP Configuration page refer to section 0 From the Bridge menu click on GMP and then IGMP ACL Profile Config The following page is displayed IGMP ACL Profile Previous Command Result Normal Query Profile Selection DEFVAL 1 gt Current Configuration and Modification Area Profile Contents Profile Index Max Channel Count 10 Max IGMP Message Count 128 Greate DEEE PP P P P PoP
230. he incoming frames through this port TLS enable TLS Transparent LAN Service so that this bridge port becomes VLAN transparent refer to DSL Forum VLAN Mode TR 101 A pre configured S Tag is used to encapsulate TLS traffic going through this port That is an S Tag PVID here will be added to all the upstream frames received on this port and the C Tags will be the original tags of these frames no C Tag for untagged incoming frames On the other hand the S Tag will be removed from all the downstream outgoing frames ProtocolBaseVLAN Enable disable protocol based VLAN feature Click on the drop down list and select the priority forcing mode Options are Disabled Reserve the original priority of all packets Force ingress All packets no matter what VLAN ID they are if they come into this line bridge port their VLAN priority will be changed to this line bport s default VLAN priority No dependency on configured VLAN Mode Force egress For single tagged packet when the line bridge port is ready to output the packet if the packet s VLAN ID is equal to the line bport s default VLAN ID the packet s VLAN priority will be changed to this line bport s default VLAN priority Ex If the line bport s default VLAN ID and priority is 5 5 Original VID V Pri Result VID V Pri 5 1 5 5 1 1 1 1 For double tagged packet if the packet s S VID is equal to the line bport s default VLAN ID the packet s
231. he two rate TCM meters a traffic stream and marks its packets based on two rates Committed Information Rate CIR and Excess Information Rate EIR and their associated burst sizes Committed Burst Size CBS and Excess Burst Size EBS to be either green yellow or red The two rate TCM operates with dual leaky bucket where each bucket is updated according to a different rate The first bucket is updated according to the CIR the second bucket is updated according to the EIR A packet is marked red if it exceeds the PIR Otherwise it is marked either yellow or green depending on whether it exceeds or doesn t exceed the EIR 48 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Table 0 9 Rate Limit Policer setup Label Description Query Profile Selection Click on the drop down list and select the profile you want to query Select CREATE_NEW to create a new profile Note that DEFVAL is a system default profile Profile Index This field shows the profile index Profile Mode For Single Leaky Bucket mode there is one controlling parameter CIR For Dual Leaky Bucket mode there are two controlling parameters CIR and EIR CIR Committed Information Rate bit per second The threshold rate to turn on the rate limit mechanism Value range is 1536 10000000000 CBS Committed Burst Size The unit is millisecond This parameter ranges from 1 to 1024 The first bucket depth is the product of CIR and this parameter Color Aware
232. http Description Show HTTP configuration Syntax show http Parameter None 13 2 36 show igmp Description Show IGMP information show igmp Parameter None 13 2 37 show igmp acl Description Show IGMP ACL profile show igmp acl vinta show igmp acl index Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt Index Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 2 38 show igmp group Description Show IGMP VLAN groups list show igmp group Syne show igmp group lt ip gt lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt ip gt IGMP group IP address Valid values Type Mandatory lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 2 39 show igmp group_src Description Show IGMP source information show igmp group ip lt vlanid gt src show igmp group ip lt vlanid gt src lt srcip gt Parameter 198 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Name Description ip IGMP group IP address Valid values Type Mandatory lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 4094 Type Mandatory lt srcip gt Source IP address Valid values Type Mandatory 13 2 40 show igmp rtport Description Show IGMP router port setting show igmp rtport Syntas show igmp rtport lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 2 41 show interface bridge Description Show bridge information show interface bridge 13 2 42 show interface coun
233. ices exchange Bridge Protocol Data Units BPDUs periodically When the bridged LAN topology changes a new spanning tree is constructed Root Bridge the base of the spanning tree It is the bridge with the lowest identifier value Bridge ID which is a field in the BPDU Path Cost the transmission cost sum of transmitting a frame to the Root Bridge through that path The transmission cost is assigned according to the speed of the link to which a port is attached The slower the media is the higher the cost become see the following table Table 0 23 Transmission Cost Link Speed Recommended Cost Recommended Cost Range 4Mbps 250 100 to 1000 10Mbps 100 50 to 600 16Mbps 62 40 to 400 100Mbps 19 10 to 60 1Gbps 4 3 to 10 10Gbps 2 1to5 Root Port On a Non Root Bridge the port having the lowest path cost to the Root Bridge Designated Port Each LAN segment has a Designated Port If one port is determined to have the lowest path cost it becomes the Designated Port for that segment If there is more than one port having the same path cost in a segment the port having the lowest Bridge ID will be selected to be the Designated Port For a Root Bridge each port on it is a Designated Port for the connected segment After the STP determined the lowest cost spanning tree it enables all the root ports and designated ports and disables all other ports that participate in the spanning tree Network
234. iguration show system config 215 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 117 show system information Description Show system information show system information 13 2 118 show system inventory Description Show system inventory show system inventory 13 2 119 show temperature Description Show temperature information show temperature 13 2 120 show uplink mode conf 13 2 121 show version detail Description Show detail version information show version detail 13 2 122 show vlan Description Show VLAN information show vlan Syntax show vlan lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Optional 216 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 123 show vlan regen Description Display VLAN priority tag filter show vlan regen 13 2 124 show vlan translation Description Show VLAN Translation Table show vlan translation 13 2 125 ssh Description Login to a remote host via SSH Syntax ssh ip username Parameter Name Description ip Destination IP address Valid values Type Mandatory username Username Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory 13 2 126 system restart Description Restart System system restart Parameter None 13 2 127 telnet Description Telnet to a remote host Syntax telnet ip Parameter Name Description ip Destination IP address Valid values Type Mandatory 13 2 128 t
235. ile alarm 212 13 2 100 show 2 213 13 2 101 show rmon 213 13 2 102 show rmon castes rein Reti Evene 213 13 2 103 show rmon event 213 13 2 104 show rmon history rr rd cente 213 19 2 105 Sligw s A ete et pe a i A u eth edo u ua a 214 13 2 106 show rmon statistic eese 214 13 2 107 ShOW TOUTO ert dct tud tia 214 13 2 108 8hoW FUNMINGCIG u etu uc omg espace 214 13 2 109 show runningcfg backup eite hne a 214 13 2 110 show snmp community Fe pio 215 13 2 111 show Ssnmp Notify T I 215 13 2 112 show SHIM PTA OU iod oett lode oreet 215 13 2 113 show 215 13 2 114 show stp eorr EE EERE REE EE EEE EAEE 215 19 2 AATE EA ee EAE AAA 215 13 2 116 show System config 215 13 2 117 show system information 216 13 2 118 show system Inventory eio eer hore uncta ar eres 216 13 2 119 Show temperature 216 13 2 120 show 4 216 13
236. in the range of interface index you want to create The value of interface index is 1 219 Click on the drop down list and select the incoming VLAN Priority In Priority 0 7 Priority Out Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN priority 0 7 Create Click on this button to create a new row in the priority table Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority table you want to view No range 1 200 Query Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Delete Once you have selected the row number range click on this button to delete the rows in the priority table 66 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt DSCP Priority Regeneration VLAN DSCP Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success VPRI Remark 8 DSCP Next 2 Interface From 4 ro 4 DSCP DIFFSERV DEFAULT Priority Out o Create No From 1 To 1 Query Dee No Interface Incoming Outgoing Vian DSCP Priority M 5 DEFAULT 5 Table 0 20 VLAN Priority Remark Setup Differentiated Services Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To The value of interface index is 1 219 Click on the drop down list and select the incoming DSCP Differentiated Services Code Points which is a 6 bit number The standardize
237. ing amp Communication VDSL2 IP DSLAM VC 2402 VC2402 48 User s Manual Copyright Copyright C 2009 PLANET Technology Corp All rights reserved The products and programs described in this User s Manual are licensed products of PLANET Technology This User s Manual contains proprietary information protected by copyright and this User s Manual and all accompanying hardware software and documentation are copyrighted No part of this User s Manual may be copied photocopied reproduced translated or reduced to any electronic medium or machine readable form by any means by electronic or mechanical Including photocopying recording or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser s personal use and without the prior express written permission of PLANET Technology Disclaimer PLANET Technology does not warrant that the hardware will work properly in all environments and applications and makes no warranty and representation either implied or expressed with respect to the quality performance merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose PLANET has made every effort to ensure that this User s Manual is accurate PLANET disclaims liability for any inaccuracies or omissions that may have occurred Information in this User s Manual is subject to change without notice and does not represent a commitment on the part of PLANET PLANET assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies th
238. inkVlanid ctag replaced lt newUserVlanid gt lt newUserPriority gt priority replaced lt replacedPriority gt priority reserved Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory lt user Vlanid gt User bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt uplinkBP gt Uplink bridge port index Valid values 1 3 Type Mandatory lt uplinkVlanid gt Uplink bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt repalcedPriority gt Priority to be replaced with Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory lt new UserVlanid gt New user bridge port VLAN for stacking and replaced mode Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt new UserPriority gt New user bridge port priority for stacking and replaced mode Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 7 27 vlan translation index create userVlanid lt uplinkBP gt many to one Description Syntax Parameter Create a many to one VLAN translation entry including only Replaced mode vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt many to one replaced uplinkVlanid priority replaced replaced priority priority reserved Name Description index Index Valid values 1 512 308 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt lt uplinkVlanid gt lt repalcedPriority gt User bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Uplink bridge port index Valid values 1
239. interval table Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl perf15min lt portNo gt vdslPhysSide interval Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory lt vdslPhysSide gt VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory interval Interval number Valid values 1 96 Type Mandatory 13 2 85 show interface xdsl vdsl perfiday Description Show VDSL performance 1 day interval table Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl perflday lt portNo gt vdsIPhysSide interval Parameter Name Description 209 VDSL2 IP DSLAM portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory lt vdslPhysSide gt VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory interval Interval number Valid values 1 7 Type Mandatory 13 2 86 show interface xdsl vdsl phys Description Show VDSL physical table Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl phys lt portNo gt vdslPhysSide Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory vdsIPhysSide VDSL Physical Side Valid values 1 VTU C 2 VTU R 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 87 show interface xdsl vlan Description Show VLAN information Syntax show interface xdsl vlan Parameter None 13 2 88 show lacp Show LACP information this command is available when LACP
240. ion show rmon event index Syntax show rmon event all Parameter Name Description lt index gt Rmon event entry index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory 13 2 104 show rmon history 213 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Show RMON history control information show rmon history index show rmon history all Parameter Name Description index Rmon history control entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 2 105 show rmon log Parameter None 13 2 106 show rmon statistic Description Show RMON statistic information show rmon statistic index Syntax show rmon statistic all Parameter Name Description index Rmon statistic entry index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 2 107 show route Description Show route table for in band channel show route Parameter None 13 2 108 show runningcfg Description Show running configuration only superuser can execute this command show runningcfg Parameter None 13 2 109 show runningcfg backup Description Show running configuration backup show runningcfg backup Parameter None 214 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 110 show snmp community 13 2 113 show sntp Description Show SNTP information 13 2 114 show stp Description Show STP information show stp 13 2 115 show syslog Description Show syslog configuration show syslog 13 2 116 show system config Description Show system conf
241. ion Enter init mode Syntax disable Parameter None 13 2 4 kick Description Kick off a logged in user only superuser can execute this command Syntax kick index cli web Parameter Name Description index Login user index Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 2 5 ping Description send ICMP ECHO REQUEST to network hosts ping ip Syntax ping ip count count ping ip count count size size 191 VDSL2 IP DSLAM ping ip size size Parameter Name Description ip Destination IP address Valid values Type Mandatory count Stop after sending count ECHO REQUEST packets Valid values 1 OxFFFFFFFF 0 default count Default value 5 Type Mandatory size Specifies the number of data bytes to be sent Valid values 1 65500 Type Mandatory 13 2 6 show access list arpbcast Description Show ARP broadcast list show access list arpbcast Parameter None 13 2 7 show access list bcrate Description Show broadcast rate limiting list show access list bcrate Syntax show access list bcrate lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 2 8 show access list dstip Description Show Destination IP address list show access list dstip Syntax show access list dstip lt index gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 2 9 show access lis
242. ionality and automatic power cutoff when system overheating Expanded Revenue Opportunities ADSL 2 backward compatibility enables service providers to migrate to VDSL2 service while continue providing existing customers with option of ADSL 2 service High Reliability and Easy Maintenance It is equipped with fan and air filter unit Also it is equipped low power requirements plus full diagnostic and alarm reporting capability Powerful SNMP CLI and Web GUI management features yet easy to use Remote login and software download help service providers minimize daily operational costs Compact Design for Limited Space Planet VC 2402 VDSL2 mini DSLAM occupies only 1U of standard telco rack space for 24 lines 2 VDSL2 IP DSLAM It will easily be fitted in existing Remote Terminals With optional temperature hardened design VC 2402 VDSL2 mini DSLAM is a good fit for outside plant cabinet indoor rack or wall mounting enclosures 1 2 Package Contents VC 2402 VC 2402 48 Unit x 1 AC DC Power Cord x 1 CD Containing User s Manual QIG x 1 Quick Installation Guide x 1 2 Meter Telco 50 Cable x 2 Console Cable x 1 Rack mounting x 2 Screw Package x 2 Vy V V V V V V V V Connector Tenon x 2 1 3 Application The PLANET VC 2402 offers the benefit of high performance to central office co location and MTU Multi Tenant Unit MDU Multi Dwelling Unit markets It provides service of broadband data over existing copper
243. isable Disable default vlan port isolation Type Mandatory 13 7 23 vlan mode Description Set VLAN mode to Non TLS QinQ or TLS transparent LAN service Syntax vlan mode non tls q in q tls Parameter None 13 7 24 vlan regen incoming outgoing Description Configure priority re generation Syntax vlan regen incoming outgoing Parameter Name Description incoming Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory outgoing Outgoing VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 7 25 vlan regen incoming disable Description Disable priority re generation Syntax vlan regen incoming disable Parameter Name Description incoming Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 7 26 vlan translation index create userVlanid lt uplinkKBP gt one to one Create a one to one VLAN translation entry including Replaced Reserved Stacking Stacking and Replaced mode Syntax vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt one to one 307 Description VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter replaced uplinkVlanid priority replaced replaced priority priority reserved vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt one to one reserved priority replaced replaced priority priority reserved vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt one to one stacking upl
244. isioning the VDSL optional band 25K to 138K Hz usage Support VDSL OAM communication channels including IB Indicator Bits channel EOC Embedded Operations Channel and VOC VDSL Overhead control Channel Support selectable band plan A profile 998 Annex A of G 993 1 and plan B profile 997 Annex B of G 993 1 for each VDSL line on a per port basis Line rate of a VDSL2 line port can reach symmetrical 100 100 Mbps or asymmetrical 100 50 Mbps at an ideal loop condition Support selectable spectrum profile of 8a b c d 12a b 17a and 30a for frequency bands Annex A B and C defined in G 993 2 when operating in VDSL2 mode Support a total of 24 xDSL subscribers lines and supports provisioning of the operation modes VDSL VDSL2 ADSL2 2 with a default of VDSL2 on a per port basis Handshake procedure of each DMT xDSL circuit complies with ITU T G 994 1 Physical layer management of each DMT xDSL circuit complies with ITU T G 997 1 xDSL subscriber interfaces support the following functions Upstream and downstream non overlapped mode Auto retrain Scrambling functionality FEC functionality Trellis coding Bit swap Interleaving selection Target maximum and minimum SRN margins programmable per port basis independently for UP DOWN directions 9 Tx power adjustment while the SNR margin detected from the xDSL line exceeds the configured maximum SNR margin Support rate adaptation modes defined in ITU T G 992 5 and G 997 1 including F
245. ixed manually configured and Adaptive at Init modes xDSL subscriber interface is able to support Fast Channel or Interleaved Channel independently for each xDSL port Support Upstream Power Back off UPBO while received power exceeds configured max aggregation PSD in the upstream direction Support detection of Dying Gasp message from xDSL CPE and indicate VDSL2 IP DSLAM a CPE power loss alarm in the management interface This is cleared upon the commencement of a retrain operation i e when the CPE becomes active once more Compliant with ETSI TS 101 952 1 1 option A for European ETSI TS 101 952 1 3 for Annex B European ISDN or ANSI 600 The splitter low pass filter is passive element Even the system is loss of power power supply fails the POTS service is still OK In band management provide all system OAM amp P functions software updates configurations import export and management system interaction through trunk port Out band management provide two kinds of management interfaces One is the RS 232 local craft interface for basic provisioning Interface default configuration 9600 baud rate 8 bit data none parity and 1 stop bit The other is a 10 100 Base T auto sensing Ethernet Interface gt Support L2 bridge functionalities defined in IEEE 802 1d including 1 Automatic source MAC learning 2 Static source MAC address table provisioning 3 Maximum 8K MAC addresses allowed to be learned into
246. lanld UplinkPort UplinkPriority Translation Vlan Mode UplinkVianid New N 1 N 1 User Mode N 1 can also be called shared VLAN so in this mode MAC learning function of the bridge ports must not be disabled 1 Replaced N 1 In this mode the system will change the user port s C Tag to the Uplink port s S Tag And the mapping is N to 1 so a user port s C Tag can t be used for another VLAN translation rule But an uplink port s S Tag can be used for another N 1 VLAN translation rule So in this mode several bridge ports can have the same VLAN cross connect rule Table 0 22 VLAN Translation Setup Label Description Index Indicating the index of the next created entry in the VLAN Translation table Physical Port Select the line bridge port you want to create the VLAN translation rule for UserVlanld Type in the VLAN ID of the user port UplinkPort Select the uplink port 71 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Uplink Vlanld Type in the VLAN ID of the uplink port Select the uplink priority 1 7 or Reserve the original Uplink Priority priority Select the VLAN translation mode including 1 1 VLAN Reserved 1 1 VLAN Replaced 1 1 VLAN Stacking N 1 VLAN Replaced 1 1 VLAN Stacking and Replaced Translation VLAN Mode Type in the new CVLAN ID only for 1 1 Stacking and NOU GOLA Replaced translation mode
247. larmConfInitFailure Valid values 1 True 2 False Default value 2 disable Type Mandatory 13 5 6 linealarmconfprofile active create delete notinservice Description Configure status of a VDSL line alarm configuration profile Syntax Parameter linealarmconfprofile active lt name gt linealarmconfprofile create lt name gt linealarmconfprofile delete lt name gt linealarmconfprofile notinservice lt name gt Name Description create Create a VDSL line alarm configuration profile Type Mandatory delete Delete a VDSL line alarm configuration profile Type Mandatory active Activate a VDSL line alarm configuration profile Type Mandatory notinservice Deactivate a VDSL line alarm configuration profile Type Mandatory lt name gt Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory 13 5 7 lineconfprofile active create delete notinservice Description Configure status of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax Parameter lineconfprofile active name lineconfprofile create name lineconfprofile delete name lineconfprofile notinservice name Name Description create Create a VDSL line configuration profile Type Mandatory 274 VDSL2 IP DSLAM delete active Delete a VDSL line configuration profile Type Mandatory Activate a VDSL line configuration profile Type Mandatory notinservice Deactivate a VDSL line configuration profile name Type Mandatory
248. line status of both VTUC and VTUR will be displayed Table 0 6 VDSL Line Status Label Description Adminstate Administrative state On Off OpState Operational state Data Idle SnrMgn Signal to Noise Ratio margin dB Attenuation Loop Attenuation dB Output power Actual output power dBm Attainable rate Attainable data rate kbps Line Rate Actual line rate kbps OH Rate Overhead data rate kbps 123 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Actual OpMode Actual XDSL operation mode Current Framing Mode Current framing mode OpCapability Shows the operation modes this physical site supports 5 6 VDSL Channel Status This option allows you to view the VDSL channel status From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Channel Status The following page is displayed VDSL Channel Status Physical Port 01 Channel ID Fast Query Physical Site VTUC Physical Site VTUR Physical Port Port 1 Physical Port Port 1 AdminState Off AdminState Off OpState Idle OpState Idle Interleave Delay 0 00 ms Interleave Delay 0 00 ms CRC Block Length O bytes CRC Block Length O bytes Tx Rate Data Rate 0 kbps Tx Rate Data Rate O kbps Tx Protection 0 0 DMT Symbols Tx Protection 0 0 DMT Symbols Click on the drop down lists to select the line port number and channel ID Fast or Interleave Then click on Qu
249. ll alarm types at a time Alarm Profile Previous Command Result Normal Select Page Pag of 2 Modify Alarm ip 11 SYS HOUSEKEEPI Lever MINOR Mask au m Mask D ID Type Level ID Type 10 Housekeep 1 UnMesk 102 Housekeep 2 Mask UnMesk 103 Housekeep 3 UnMesk 104 Housekeep 4 UnMesk 105 Alarm not support 106 Self Test Fail UnMesk 107 Above Temperature 108 Below Tewmperstue UnMask 109 Product Identification Violation 20 Gigabit Ethemet Loss of Signal UnMask 301 Cluster Master Duplication 302 Cluster Master Out of Capacity UnMask Cluster Host Unmanaged XDSL Loss Of Framing UnMask 603 XDSL Loss Of Maxgin 605 ZDEL Init Failure XDSL Loss Of Signal UnMask UnMask 602 604 XDSL Lass Of Link 608 XDSL ESE 609 XDSL SLOW UnMesk 610 XD amp L LCD SLOW 611 XDSL NCD FAST UnMask 2BBEEEEEBEEBE fe fe e 8 UnMesk 612 XD amp L LCD FAST 613 ZDEL FE Loss Of Framing Select Page Page 2 of 2 Modity Alarm 101 SYS HOUSEKEEPI Leve MINOR J Mask ALL ID ID Type Level Mask 1D Type Level Mask 614 XDSL FE Loss Of Signal MN 615 XDGL FE Loss Of Power Failure MN UnMask 1616 XDSL FE Loss Of Magin MN UnMesk 617 XDSL FE No Peer V
250. lude the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 10 1 bridge Description Enter bridge configuration mode Syntax bridge Parameter None 13 10 2 uplink mode conf Description Configure uplink mode uplink mode conf la uplink mode conf nonla Parameter Name Description la Link aggregation enabled Type Mandatory nonla Link aggregation disabled Type Mandatory 317 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 11 Gigabit LA Bridge Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Gigabit LA Bridge Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 11 1 accfrm all tag Description Configure acceptable frame type Syntax accfrm all accfrm tag Parameter Name Description all Accept all frames Type Mandatory tag Accept tagged frames only Type Mandatory 13 11 2 bportbc Description Set broadcast rate limit IwPolicer index Syntax bportbc index Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 128 Default value 1 Type Mandatory 13 11 3 default prio priority Description Set default priority Syntax default prio priority Parameter Name Description priority Priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 11 4 default vlan lt vlanid gt Description Set default VLAN ID Syntax default vlan lt vlanid gt 318 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Param
251. ly the event indices with LOG or LOGANDTRAP event type see previous section are possible to appear in the log Remote Monitorng LOG Select Type LOG Query 252 B 1220592 Description 23 1220603 Description 254 3 1220603 Description 255 B 1220614 Description 256 B 1220614 Description 05 B 1220625 Description 258 B 1220625 Description 169 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 10 3 xDSL Day Interval 10 3 1 Summary of Performance Statistics This option allows you to query the Summary of VDSL Performance Statistics accumulated value since power on From the Performance Monitoring menu click on XDSL Day Interval and then Summary of performance Statistics The following page is displayed VDSL Performance Statistics Physical Site vruc 7 Refresh Physical Port Validity Lof Los Loss Lprs 5 SESs UASs Inits CellPkts RxHec Fixed Octets Bad blks Fixed Octets Bad biks Fast Fast Slow Slow Port 1 valid o o o o s905 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port2 invado o o o o 0 lo 0 0 0 0 0 Port3 mvaid o NA o o lo 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port4 mvaid o 0 NA o o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port5 invalid o o NA fo 0 lo Jo 0 0 0 0 0 Port6 Invalid o 0 o b jo 0 0 0 0 0 Port7 mvaid o 0 b o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ports mvaid o o 0 o b o 0 0 0 0 0 0
252. meter Name Description lt ip gt FTP server IP address Type Mandatory lt username gt Username 261 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory password Password Valid values 0 31 characters Type Mandatory lt string gt Image path and filename Valid values 1 64 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 178 system load Description Load inventory flash backups from a dump archive Syntax Parameter system load string all system load string inventory system load string backups Name Description string Filename Valid values 1 64 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 179 system config Description System configuration Syntax Parameter system config aclService aclService system config pppoeService lt gt system config filterAndPriority RemarkService lt filterAndPriorityRemarkService gt system config rateLimitService lt rateLimitService gt system config netBiosDenialService lt netBiosDenialService gt system config allowIpService lt allowIpService gt system config addAllowIpBySnoopDHCP lt addAllowIpBySnoopDHCP gt system config agingTimePerPort lt agingTimePerPort gt system config allowDownstreamBc lt allowDownstreamBc gt system config extEtherType lt extEtherType gt system config replaceArpDefaultGatewayMac lt replaceArpDefaultGateway Mac system config replaceArpMac lt replaceArpMac gt system config antiArpSpoofin
253. mode is enabled Syntax show lacp Parameter None Description 13 2 89 show login users Description Show logged in users Syntax show login users Parameter None 13 2 90 show management 210 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Show management channel settings show management Parameter None 13 2 91 show outband route Description Show routing table for the outband channel Syntax show outband route Parameter None 13 2 92 show priority list ds Description Show Differentiate Service list Syntax show priority list ds lt index gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Optional 13 2 93 show priority list dstip Description Display Destination IP address list Syntax show priority list dstip lt index gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Optional 13 2 94 show priority list dstmac Description Display Destination MAC address list Syntax show priority list dstmac lt index gt Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 256 Type Optional 13 2 95 show priority list srcip Description Display Source IP address list 211 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax Parameter show priority list srcip lt index gt Description Index Valid values 1 256 Type Optional 13 2 96 show priority list srcmac Syntax Parameter Name index 13 2 97 show priority list tos
254. n Valid values 0 VDSL2 Annex C TTC Default Japan 1 VDSL2 Annex A North America 2 VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT 3 VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU Swisscom FT 4 VDSL2 Annex B 997Exx EU Telecom Italia 5 VDSL2 Annex B HPE30 EU BT Default value 0 VDSL2 Annex C TTC Default Japan Type Mandatory 288 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 5 32 vdsl bind Description Bind profiles to VDSL line ports Syntax vdsl bind lt portNo gt lt config gt lt alarm gt Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt Port Number Valid values 1 24 0 all ports Type Mandatory config Line Configuration Profile Name Valid values 32 characters Default value DEFVAL Type Optional lt alarm gt Line Alarm Configuration Profile Name Valid values 32 characters Default value DEFVAL Type Optional 13 5 33 vdsl disable enable Description Disable or enable VDSL ports all ports are default disabled vdsl disable lt portNo gt vdsl enable lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description portNo Port Number Valid values 1 24 0 all ports Type Mandatory Syntax 13 5 34 vdsl delt disable enable Description Disable or enable DELT of VDSL ports default setting is disabled vdsl delt disable lt portNo gt vdsl delt enable portNo Parameter Name Description portNo Port Number Valid values 24 0 all ports Type Mandatory Syntax 13 5 35 vdsl loopback Description Enable loop
255. n the IGMP Group Dex List Group IP This field shows the IGMP group IP address VID This field shows the IGMP group VLAN ID Member Add Actions This field shows how many times the IGMP group is joined by the group members This field shows how many Source IPs are joining the IGMP group for IGMP V3 only This field shows current IGMP mode INCLUDE or IGMP Mode EXCLUDE for IGMP V3 only refer to RFC 3376 for filter mode This field shows the bridge ports that are joining the multicast group Number Of Sources Bridge Port List 99 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 10 5 IGMP Route This option allows you to specify the interface through which the IGMP packets are forwarded From the Bridge menu click on IGMP and then IGMP Route The following page is displayed IGMP Route Previous Command Result Success Physical Port VLAN ID RouterIP Reportip GigaBit 1 IGMP Router Port List Delete VID Physical Port Reportlp Select to Delete ems s pmnesir pooo Table 0 44 IGMP Route Creation Label Description Select the physical port to be the IGMP router port Options are GigaBit 1 GigaBit 2 or LACP 3 VLAN ID Select the VLAN ID you want to add the IGMP route for When working in IGMP proxy mode DSLAM will send IGMP general query whose source IP address is 0 0 0 0 RouterlP But PCs with Windows OS do not receive this kind of
256. n this button to delete it Select an entry in the table select the checkbox change the Modify parameters to new value and then click on this button to You must remember to click on the checkbox of the bridge port you want to modify or delete As described in Area for creating a new bridge port in Other Labels Packet Mode 38 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 2 Bridge Port This option allows you to create a new bridge port in ATM mode for ADSL use For a DSL line port if packet mode bridge port for VDSL use has been created you cannot create any ATM mode bridge port From the Bridge menu click on nterface Setup and then ATM Bridge Port The following page is displayed Line Bridge Port Setup for ATM Mode Previous Command Result Success Area for creating a new bridge port in ATM Mode Create Physical VPI Traffic AgingTime Em VID V Pri VLAN Ingress Acceptable Isolation VLAN Mode asus Nen aS Port Descriptor i EB Fu Pe RE Pe od z o_O ees x c Line Bridge Port for ATM Mode Query Table Query Page Number Fage Delete Modify r7 check all to Modify Delete UnCheck All to Modify Delete Physical User VPI VCI Traffic AgingTime Encapsulation VID V Pri VLAN Mode Ingress Acceptable Isolation ProtocolBaseVlan ForcePriorityMode MacLearning Select to Port Port Descriptor Taggit Filter Frame lete
257. ndency on configured VLAN Mode Force egress For single tagged packet when the line bridge port is ready to output the packet if the packet s VLAN ID is equal to the line bport s default VLAN ID the packet s VLAN priority will be changed to this line bport s default VLAN priority Ex If the line bport s default VLAN ID and priority is 5 5 Original VID V Pri Result VID V Pri 5 1 5 5 1 1 1 1 For double tagged packet if the packet s S VID is equal to the line bport s default VLAN ID the packet s S Tag priority is replaced with this line bport s default priority value but when VLAN Mode TLS the packet s C Tag priority is replaced instead and the S Tag will be removed from the packet before itis sent out Ex If the line bport s default VLAN ID and priority is 5 5 VLAN Tagging mode is tagged When VLAN Mode TLS Original S VID V Pri and Result VID V Pri C VID V Pri 5 1 2 2 2 5 When VLAN QinQ Original S VID V Pri and Result S VID V Pri and C VID C VID V Pri V Pri 5 1 2 2 5 5 2 2 Force both Combine the rules of Ingress and Egress 40 VDSL2 IP DSLAM MacLearning Enable disable MAC learning ability Sometimes you can disable MAC learning on specified bridge port This function is for 1 1 VLAN translation scenario Create Line Bridge Port for ATM Mode Click on this button to cr
258. ndex variable type index number Description Set source sample in statistic table Syntax Parameter rmon alarm index variable type index number Name index type Description RMON alarm entry index Valid values 1 64 Type Mandatory Monitoring type Valid values e 3 rx dropped monitoring rx dropped packets e 4 bytes monitoring rx bytes packets e 5 rx packets monitoring rx packets e 6 rx broadcast monitoring rx broadcast packets e 7 rx multicast monitoring rx multicast packets 247 VDSL2 IP DSLAM e 8 rx err aligment monitoring rx error aligment packets e 9 rx undersize monitoring rx undersize packets 10 rx oversize monitoring rx oversize packets e 11 rx fragments monitoring rx fragments packets e 12 rx jabber monitoring rx jabber packets 13 tx single collision monitoring tx single collision packets 14 txrx frames 64 monitoring tx 64 Octets e 15 txrx frames 127 monitoring tx 65 to 127 octets e 16 txrx frames 255 monitoring tx 128 to 255 octets e 17 txrx frames 511 monitoring tx 256 to 511 octets e 18 txrx frames 1023 monitoring tx 512 to 1023 octets 19 txrx frames 1518 monitoring tx 1024 to 1518 octets Type Mandatory number Source index in statistic table Valid values 1 10 Type Mandatory 13 3 131 rmon event index community lt community gt Description Set RMON event community Syntax rmon event index
259. ned IP addresses and associated MAC addresses expired time and lease time From the Bridge menu click on DHCP and then DHCP Clients List The following page is displayed DHCP Clients List Query Table Query Page Number 1 Physical Port Index MAC Expired Time Lease Time 92 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 9 6 DHCP Static IP Config This option allows you to configure DHCP fixed IP and MAC for a bridge interface From the Bridge menu click on DHCP and then DHCP Static IP Config The following page is displayed DHCP Fixed IP MAC Configuration Previous Command Result Success Creation Area Create Index Physical Port IP MAC p e3 Pci rj Pony 0000000 Query Table Query DhcpStaticIP Index 1 Delete Index Physical Port IP MAC Selectto Delete i Port 3 PVC 192 168 5 10 200000 02 Delete Table 0 40 DHCP Static IP Setup Label Description Creation Area Index This field shows the index for the next created DHCP static IP Physical Port Select the bridge port you want to create the static IP for Type in the static IP address The address must be within the IP range configured in the DHCP Server Profile bound with the bridge interface MAC Type in the MAC address Query Table Select the page to be displayed Index Click on the checkbox of the
260. new entry 104 5 VDSL ADSL 5 1 VDSL Configuration Profile 5 2 VDSL PSD Configuration 5 3 VDSL Alarm Profile 5 4 VDSL Inventory 5 5 VDSL Line Status 5 6 VDSL Channel Status 5 7 VDSL Failure State 5 8 VDSL Test 5 9 VDSL POST State 105 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 1 VDSL Configuration Profile This option allows you to setup the VDSL configuration profile From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Configuration Profile The following page is displayed VDSL Configuration Profile Previous Command Result Normal Query Profile Selection DEFVAL VDSL Specific Current Configuration and Modification Area Profile Contents Internal RowStatus eese Delete Value Attribute Constraint Band Plan 998 138 30000 4K Tones 30A 997 Plan998 Rate Mode AdaptAtStart Manual AdaptAtStart Manual rate is determined by Maximun data rate LineType InterleavedOnly NoChannel FastOnly InterleavedOnly Fast Max Data Rate 200000 kbps 132200000 unit kbps step 4 Downstream Fast Min Data Rate 2 32200000 unit kbps step 4 Downstream Fast Max Data Rate 200000 kbps 32 200000 unit kbps step 4 Upstream Fast Min Data Rate 32 kbps 132 200000 unit kbps step 4 Upstream Slow Max Data Rate 200000 kbps 32 200000 unit kbps step 4 Downstream Slow Min Data Rate 2 kbps 32 200000 unit
261. nfiguration Previous Command Result Normal Creation Area Create Index Notify Name Notify Tag p SnmpNotifyName3 SnmpNotifyTaz3 Query Table Query SNMP Notify Index 1 Index Notify Name Notify Tag Select to Modify Delete 1 SnmpNotifyNamel DDT Modify Delete p SnmpNotifyName2 CS 1 Modify Delete Table 0 3 SNMP Notify Creation Label Description Index This field shows the SNMP Notify index in the table rasta Once you have entered all the parameter values click on this button to create a new SNMP Notify Type in the name of the SNMP Notify 1 31 characters Once Notify Name Notify entry is created in the table the Notify Name cannot be modified you can only delete the entry Type in the Notify Tag 1 31 characters When a Target Tag refer Notify Tag to 0 is the same with a Notify Tag the SNMP notification with that Notify Tag is sent to the Target that has the same tag 136 8 Maintenance 8 1 SYS Log Server 8 2 Database 8 3 Firmware Update 137 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 8 1 SYS Log Server This option allows you to configure the IP address of the SYS Log server which listens for incoming Syslog messages From the Maintenance menu click on SYS Log Server The following page is displayed System Log Server Previous Command Result Normal Modify Action Stop w Current Server IP 192 168 1 1 pa
262. nfigure a source MAC address deny access list entry Syntax srcmac lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt mac gt Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory lt bport gt Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory mac Source MAC address Type Mandatory 13 12 26 srcmac index disable Description Disable a source MAC address deny access list entry Syntax srcmac index disable Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 331 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 12 27 vlan ratelimit Description Create or delete a per bridge port per VLAN rate limit entry vlan ratelimit index create lt bport gt lt vlanid gt lt egress gt lt ingress gt Syntax Parameter delete Name index lt bport gt lt vlanid gt lt egress gt lt ingress gt Description Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Default value 1 Type Mandatory Rate limit policer index for egres
263. nformation This section displays the partition information including firmware version updating date and status 146 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Boot Yes means the partition is used for current boot Active Yes means the partition is used for next boot Description This field shows current firmware version and updating date In the table type in the FTP server IP address in the Remote Server IP field FTP user name password in the Server User Name Server Password field and firmware file name in the File Name field Then click on FTP Get and Write Flash The following message will be displayed on screen Remate download starts and then previous command result shows Getting firmware image file in progress While FTP get firmware file successfully the system start to write the firmware to flash The previous command result shows Writing firmware image in progress The Flash Write process may take a few minutes you must not turn off or reset the system during the process Once the Flash Write process completes successfully the system will restart automatically if you selected the Reboot After RemoteDownload checkbox Wait for the system to restart and login the web GUI again Go to the Firmware Update page and check if the firmware update is successful Now the booting firmware partition is the non booting partition before the firmware update 147 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 8 4 Boot Loader Up
264. ng time to default Syntax default aging Parameter None 13 3 28 default all Description Set all configuration to default Syntax default all Parameter None 13 3 29 default bridge port Description Set trunk bport to default and delete all line bports Syntax default bridge port Parameter None 13 3 30 default clisettings Description Set CLI settings to default Syntax default clisettings Parameter None 13 3 31 default cluster interface Description Set cluster interface to default Syntax default cluster interface Parameter None 13 3 32 default cluster conf Description Set cluster configuration to default Syntax default cluster conf Parameter None 13 3 33 default dhcp pppoe global Description Set DHCP PPPOE global parameters to default Syntax default dhcp pppoe global Parameter None 225 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 34 default fdbstatic Description Set static MAC forwarding table to default Syntax default fdbstatic Parameter None 13 3 35 default gbe Description Set gigabit ethernet medium speed and inband settings to default Syntax default gbe Parameter None 13 3 36 default gigabit lacp Description Set LACP configuration to default Syntax default gigabit lacp Parameter None 13 3 37 default gigabit stpport Description Set STP port configuration to default Syntax default gigabit stpport Parameter None 13 3 38 default http Description Set HTTP configuration to default Syntax de
265. nt with the System ID and operational Key information transmitted If Sync OFF then this link is currently OUT SYNC i e itis not in the right Aggregation 46 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Collecting If the operational state shows collecting ON this means oollection of incoming frames on this link is definitely enabled i e collection is currently enabled and is not expected to be disabled in the absence of administrative changes or changes in received protocol information Distributing If the operational state shows distributing OFF this means distribution of outgoing frames on this link is definitely disabled i e distribution is currently disabled and is not expected to be enabled in the absence of administrative changes or changes in received protocol information Defaulted If the operational state shows defaulted ON this indicates that the Actor s Receive machine is using defaulted operational Partner information administratively configured for the Partner If defaulted OFF the operational Partner information in use has been received in a LACPDU Expired If the operational state shows expired ON this indicates that the Actor s Receive machine is in the EXPIRED state if expired OFF this indicates that the Actor s Receive machine is not in the EXPIRED state Actor Port Partner Oper Port The port number associated with this link assigned to the port by the Actor Partner Port number range is 0 65535
266. ntax show interface gigabit la bridge Parameter None 13 2 50 show interface gigabit la counter Description Show Gigabit LA Ethernet counter Syntax show interface gigabit la counter Parameter None 13 2 51 show interface gigabit la lacp Show aggregator port information this command is available when LACP mode is enabled Syntax show interface gigabit la lacp Parameter None Description 13 2 52 show interface gigabit la vlan Description Show VLAN information Syntax show interface gigabit la vlan Parameter None 13 2 53 show interface gigabit stp Description Show STP information Syntax show interface gigabit stp Parameter None 13 2 54 show interface gigabit vlan Description Show VLAN information Syntax show interface gigabit vlan Parameter None 13 2 55 show interface vc Description Show virtual circuits Syntax show interface vc 201 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter None 13 2 56 show interface xdsl lt portNo gt bridge Description Display Bridge information Syntax show interface xdsl lt portNo gt bridge Parameter Name Description portNo XDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 2 57 show interface xdsl lt portNo gt counter Description Display Ethernet packet counter Syntax show interface xdsl portNo counter Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt XDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 2 58 show interface xdsl lt portNo gt
267. o setup the VDSL alarm profile including 15 min and 1 day PM thresholds From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Alarm Profile The following page is displayed VDSL Alarm Profile Previous Command Result Normal Query Profile Selection DEFVAL z Current Configuration and Modification Area Profile Name UEFVAL Internal RowStatus Profile Contents Greate 8 2158 Attribute Value Constraint VIUCESS P 0 300 VIUCSESS D 0 900 VTUC UASs 0 800 WuREss 9 VURSESS 0 900 900 DAY VTUC ESs D T 0 86400 pAY vtuc SESS D secondi 0 86400 PAYWTUCUASS n 086400 DAY VTURRESs 086400 DAY VTUR SESs 0 86400 DAY VTURUASs pi 086400 Init Failures Enable enable disable 120 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Table 0 5 VDSL Alarm Profile Setup Label Description Click on the drop down list and select the profile you want to view modify delete or select CREATE to create a Query Profile Selection new profile you can create up to 24 profiles Note that the default VDSL profile DEFVAL cannot be modified or deleted the default ADSL profile ADSL DEFVAL can only be This field shows the name of the profile Type in profile name Profile Name when you re creating a new profile Click on the drop down
268. odification 97 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 10 3 IGMP ACL Profile Select This option allows you to bind IGMP ACL Access Control List profile to a bridge port From the Bridge menu click on GMP and then GMP ACL Profile Select The following page is displayed IGMP ACL Profile Select Previous Command Result Normal ACL Profile Select Select Page Number 1 Modify Physical Port ACLIndex Modify Select to modify Port PacketMode 1 DEFAL Modify Click on Select Page Number drop down list to select the page to be listed In the table select the ACL profile you want to bind for the bridge port and remember to select the Select to modify checkbox At last click on Modify button to apply 98 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 10 4 IGMP Group List This option allows you to query the IGMP multicast status From the Bridge menu click on IGMP and then IGMP Group List The IGMP Group List page is displayed The VC 2402 supports up to 512 concurrent IGMP groups multicast channels per system IGMP Group List Query Table Query Page Number raze Index GroupiP Member Add Actions Number Of Sources IGMP Mode Bridge Port List M 224 010 010 011 1 8 0 EXCLUDE 196 2 224010 010 010 1 15 lo EXCLUDE 196 3 224010010 012 4 8 0 EXCLUDE 196 Table 0 43 IGMP Group List Label Description This field shows the index of the entry i
269. ol Enabled Valid Values e disabled e 1 enabled Default value 0 Type Mandatory Configured Roles Valid Values e 0 Master Slave e 1 Slave Only Default value 1 Type Mandatory Configure cluster interface cluster NEs are connected through inband or outband interfaces default setting is through inband Syntax cluster interface inband otband Parameter Name inband outband 13 3 12 default access list all Description Use the inband channel for cluster Type Mandatory Use the outband channel for cluster Type Mandatory Description Delete all entries of all types of Access Control List Syntax default access list all Parameter None 222 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 13 default access list arpbcast Description Delete all ARP broadcast deny ACL entries Syntax default access list arpbcast Parameter None 13 3 14 default access list bcrate Description Delete all broadcast rate limiting entries Syntax default access list bcrate Parameter None 13 3 15 default access list dstip Description Delete all destination IP address deny ACL entries Syntax default access list dstip Parameter None 13 3 16 default access list ipprotocol Description Delete all destination IIP protocol deny ACL entries Syntax default access list ipprotocol Parameter None 13 3 17 default access list iwpolicer Description Delete all rate limit profiles Syntax default access list iwpolicer Parameter None 13
270. on 30 WDDI Module Version 24305 WLS Module Version 3 2 3 05 24 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 6 Inband IP Routes This option allows you to configure the IP route table for the in band management channels From the System menu click on nband Routes The following page is displayed Inband IP Routes Previous Command Result Normal Next noill ADD Delete Pagel of 2 Inband IP 192 168 5 3 Subnet Mask 255 255 255 0 Table 0 3 Inband IP Routes Setup Destination Net Mask Gateway Cn E 2 m X C 3 m 5 c 4 lt E 3 Fe sl 6 FEE E E B 8 2 2 Label Description ADD Click on this button to add a new IP route Delete Click on the radio button to select a route and then click on this button to delete this route from the table Destination Type in the destination IP address for the new IP route Net Mask Type in the subnet mask for the new IP route Gateway Type in the IP address of the gateway for the new IP route 25 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 7 Outband IP Routes This option allows you to configure the IP route table for the out band management channels From the System menu click on Outband IP Routes The following page is displayed Outband IP Routes Previous Command Result Normal ADD Page 1 of 2 y Outband IP 172 16 77 84
271. on vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt one to one Syntax reserved priority replaced replaced priority priority reserved vlan translation index create user Vlanid lt uplinkBP gt one to one stacking uplinkVlanid ctag replaced lt newUserVlanid gt lt newUserPriority gt priority replaced lt replacedPriority gt priority reserved Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index 298 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt lt uplink Vlanid gt lt repalcedPriority gt lt new UserVlanid gt lt new UserPriority gt Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory User bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Uplink bridge port index Valid values 1 3 Type Mandatory Uplink bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Priority to be replaced with Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory New user bridge port VLAN for stacking and replaced mode Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory New user bridge port priority for stacking and replaced mode Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 6 30 vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt many to one Description Syntax Parameter Create a many to one VLAN translation entry including only Replaced mode vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt many to one replaced uplinkVlanid priority replaced re
272. on Area Create Index Community Name Access Mode only sin E Query Table Query SNMP Community Index raze gt Index Community Name Access Select to Mode Modify Delete i 4 gt Modify Delete Table 0 1 SNMP Community Setup Label Description Once you have entered the community name click on this button to create a new SNMP community Community Name Type in the community name 1 31 characters Create Click on the drop down list and select the access mode of this Access Mode SNMP community Options are read only or read write Select to Remember to click on the checkbox of the entry you want to modify or delete Note that default community index 1 cannot be deleted Modify Delete ge but can be modified Delete Click on this button to delete a community Modify Click on this button to apply the modification 134 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 7 2 SNMP Target This option allows you to configure the SNMP target to control where the SNMP traps notifications are sent Traps are used to report an alarm or other asynchronous event about a managed VC 2402 system From the SNMP menu click on SNMP Target The following page is displayed SNMP Target Configuration Previous Command Result Success Creation Area Index Target Name Target Tag Address Port Trap Version 2 0000020 ISnmplar
273. only for the packet mode bridge port A Packet Bridge Port has 8 COS priority each of them has to be assigned Ethernet traffic profile descriptor and Queue Type The types of Ethernet traffic profile are WFQ PPR CIR and CIREIR WFQ is WFQ type profile PPR CIR and CIREIR are SPQ type profile Queue Types SPQ 0 SPQ 1 SPQ 2 and WFQ 3 SPQ 0 is the fastest Queue data which is saved in this queue can be output first When the COS priority is assigned a SPQ type profile only SPQ 0 SPQ 1 SPQ 2 queue can be selected When the COS priority is assigned to a WFQ type profile only WFQ 3 queue be selected From the Traffic Profile menu click on VPMT Profile The following page is displayed VPMT revious Command Result Normal Query Profile Selection 2 Creation Area cs noe weas Items COS 0 cos 1 cos2 COS 3 cos 4 COSS 05 6 COS 7 Queue Select WRO z WRO zJ WRO WO z WRO z 1820 z WRO z WRO zj Traffic Descriptor Configured IWR I WFQ WQ IWR 10 IWO I WFQ Select to Modify Traffic Descriptor 1 WFQ 1 WFQ WFO W 140 I WFO Table 0 2 VPMT Setup Label Description Click on the drop down list and select the profile you want to view modify delete or select CREATE NEW to create a new profile Note that the profile with profile index 1 is a default profile which cannot be modified or deleted COS 0 COS 7
274. ons System OS Network Element NE system is protected by a logon security system You can log on to the NE with the user name and password After three failed logon attempts the system refuses further attempts After you log on the system monitors the interface for periods of inactivity If the interface is inactive for too long you are automatically logged off the NEs have the same initial user name admin and password admin You should change the password as soon as possible because the initial password is known to anyone who reads this manual You can also change the user name or add additional user names Use the account add command to enter a new user identification password and authorization level The system can handle one local logon session and at least four remote OS sessions 12 2 Connect Interface Interface Parameter Console Baud rate 9600 Data bit 8 Parity None Stop bit 1 Telnet Port 23 SSH Port 22 In Windows you can run terminal emulator such as PuTTY 12 3 Authorization Level Level Description Superuser Superuser can access all management features Engineer Engineer can access all management features except user account management Guest default Read only mode Guest can only change his own password Users of this level can query pages like PM and FM 183 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 12 4 Screen Description WDS login admin Password VC 2402 I
275. ormance Statistics 170 10 3 2 Interval StatistiGS 171 10 3 9 Day Stall SU CS u u u Silat nate bula bee emer 172 11 Cluster 173 ESO At 174 11 2 Cluster State e Su decre ee irte ere ere oce beet es ek ade Y 177 Appendix 178 As Alarm u sus u IU NINE 179 B Event PADI GC reet p eiu teneis e arre ie e Ur psi ies ede 180 CLI Command Reference 182 12 Operator Interface 182 12 1 JnttodUcliOE etre a taeda breed eoe ie ite e 183 12 2 Connect Interface 2 i ectetuer a erede erede tede d tu tee Eo ens 183 12 3 Authorization rm rn nem nene re rne rsen serre 183 12 4 Screen 184 12 5 Execution 185 jp P 185 12 7 Terminal Key Function a e cit tebe t 186 12 8 Notation 186 13 Commands Descriptions 187 13 1 Initialize Mode 188 UNE masay sbs Tas 188 13 1 2 enable eee retro co NDS E REATUS 188 1348 TEE eerte 188 11321 4 list ala
276. other user s or a network service or to gain unauthorized access to the network 4 12 1 System Anti Spoofing This option allows you to enable disable the anti ARP Spoofing and anti Mac spoofing function From the Bridge menu click on Anti Spoofing and then System Anti Spoofing The following page is displayed System Arp Spoofing Configuration Previous Command Result Normal Modify Anti Arp Spoofing Disable gt Anti Mac Spoofing Enable _ Click on the drop down lists and select Enable or Disable and then click on Modify to apply 103 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 12 2 Anti ARP Spoofing This option allows you to configure static mapping between IP address and MAC address on a per port basis for the system to determine the validity of an ARP packet Up to 8 entries static IPIMAC mappings can be supported per port From the Bridge menu click on Anti Spoofing and then Anti ARP Spoofing The following page is displayed Bridge Port Anti Arp Spoofing Configuration Previous Command Result Success Creation Area Create Index Physical Port IP MAC sj Povo FFFFFFFFFFFF Query Table Query BridgePort Index r Modify Index Physical Port IP MAC Select to Modify Delete PVC 192168 513 FFFFFFFFFFFF Modify Delete Select the bridge port and type in the IP address and the mapping MAC address Then click on Create button to add the
277. ource 1 198 11 00 aa 00 3f 00 Table 0 28 Source MACFiltering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created Source MAC Address Type in the MAC Address of the source Type in the range of serial number in the filter rule table Mod Tomis onse Valid number value 1 256 Create Click on this button to create new filter rules in the table Once you have specified the serial number click on this aly button to display the filter rules Once you have specified the serial number click on this Delete button to delete the filter rules in the table 79 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Source IP Address Filtering Source IP Address Filtering Result Success Filtering Type Source IP Next No 2 Interface From 4 To 4 Create Source P 0 0 0 Subnet Mask 0 97 oO Mo From To 1 Query Delete Interface Source IP Subnet Mask M 5 HHr216726 255 255 0 0 Table 0 29 Source IP Address Filtering Setup Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create Interface From To filter rule for The bridge interface must have been created Source IP Type in the IP Address of the source Subnet Mask Type in the subnet mask Type in the range of serial number in th
278. ource port number 328 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Valid values 1 65535 Type Mandatory 13 12 18 l4srcport index disable Description Disable a L4 source port deny access list entry Syntax l4srcport index disable Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 12 19 mcfldrate vlanid cir lt cbs gt Description Configure flooding rate limiting Syntax mcfldrate lt vlanid gt cir lt cbs gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory lt cir gt Committed Information Rate Valid values 1536 1G bps Default value 80000 bps Type Mandatory lt cbs gt Bucket size in time Valid values 1 1024 ms Default value 40 ms Type Mandatory 13 12 20 mcfldrate lt vlanid gt disable Description Disable multicast lbs Leaky Bucket Size rate limiting Syntax mcfldrate lt vlanid gt disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 12 21 netbios lt bport gt deny Description Configure a NetBIOS broadcast deny access list entry Syntax netbios lt bport gt deny 329 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Parameter 13 12 22 netbios lt bport gt disable Syntax Parameter Name lt bport gt Description Bridge Port Valid values Gl gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt
279. packets are therefore only forwarded between enabled ports eliminating any possible network loops Once a stable network topology has been established all devices listen for Hello BPDUs transmitted from the Root Bridge If a device does not get a Hello BPDU after a predefined interval Max Age the device assumes that the link to the root bridge is down This device then will negotiate with other devices to re establish a valid network topology STP assigns five port states see the following table to eliminate packet looping A device port is not allowed to go directly from blocking state to forwarding state so as to eliminate transient loops Table 0 24 Port States 74 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 6 1 Port State Description Disabled STP is disabled default Blocking Only configuration and management BPDUs are received and Listening All BPDUs are received and processed L All BPDUs are received and processed Information frames earning submitted to the learning process but not forwarded All BPDUs are received and processed All information frames are Forwarding received and forwarded STP Bridge Settings This page allows you to setup the STP Bridge From the Bridge menu click on Spanning Tree and then STP Bridge Settings The following page is displayed Spanning Tree Protocol System Previous Command Result Success STP Disabled C Enabled 6 MMe Version
280. perators can only apply broadcast rate limit to the default VLAN PVID of trunk interfaces From the Bridge menu click on VLAN Configuration and then VLAN Rate Limit A page similar to the following page is displayed Rate Limit Broadcast Previous Command Result Success Limit By Broadcast VID From To cir 80000 Lp 40 Create Modify VID From Query Delete CIR LBSL M 80000 40 Table 0 21 Rate Limit Label Description Limit By Select Broadcast or Multicast packets to be limited VID From To Type in VID range VID value 1 4094 CIR Committed Information Rate 1536 1G bits econd The threshold rate to turn on the rate limit mechanism LB Leakage bucket size Set the sustained rate at which broadcast packets can be accommodated 1 1024 Create Click on this button to create a new row in the rate limit Modify Click on this button to modify data in the table Query Once you have selected the VID range click on this button to retrieve the rows in the table Delete Once you have selected the VID range click on this button to delete the rows in the table 69 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 5 5 VLAN Translation This option allows you to configure the translation VLAN table which defines some special VLAN working rules such as VLAN stack VLAN cross connect etc Before you configure the Translation VLAN table for a line bridge port you shall con
281. placed priority priority reserved Name lt index gt lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt lt uplink Vlanid gt lt repalcedPriority gt Description Index Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory User bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Uplink bridge port index Valid values 1 3 Type Mandatory Uplink bridge port VLAN Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory Priority to be replaced with Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 299 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 31 vlan translation index delete Description Delete a VLAN translation entry Syntax vlan translation index delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 512 Type Mandatory 300 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 7 XDSL Packet Bridge Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under XDSL Packet Bridge Config Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 7 1 accfrm all tag Description Configure acceptable frame type Syntax accfrm all accfrm tag Parameter Name Description all Accept all frames Type Mandatory tag Accept tagged frames only Type Mandatory 13 7 2 aging bport Description Configure aging time for a bridge port Syntax aging bport time Parameter Name Description time Aging time Valid values 10 600 seconds Default value 300 sec Type Mandatory 13 7 3 anti arp spoofin
282. port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory Description Disable a NetBIOS broadcast deny access list entry netbios lt bport gt disable Name lt bport gt Description Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory 13 12 23 srcip lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt ip gt lt netmask gt Syntax Parameter Description Configure a source IP address deny access list entry srcip index deny lt bport gt ip lt netmask gt Name index lt bport gt lt ip gt Description Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory Source IP address Type Mandatory 330 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt netmask gt Netmask Type Mandatory 13 12 24 srcip lt index gt disable Description Disable a source IP address deny access list entry Syntax srcip lt index gt disable Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 12 25 srcmac lt index gt deny lt bport gt lt mac gt Description Co
283. ption lt dhcp snooping gt DHCP snooping Valid values 0 disabled 1 enabled Type Mandatory lt default mac gt Default MAC Valid values MAC address Type Optional bportbc Description Set broadcast rate limit IwPolicer index Syntax bportbc index Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory default prio priority Description Set default priority Syntax default prio priority Parameter Name Description priority Priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 6 7 default vlan lt vlanid gt Description Set default VLAN ID Syntax default vlan lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 292 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 8 dhcp pppoe config cid rid trusted lt pppoeMode gt Description Set DHCP PPPOE relay parameters Syntax dhcp pppoe config cid rid trusted lt pppoeMode gt Parameter Name Description cid Agent Circuit ID Valid values 1 63 characters Type Mandatory rid Agent Remote ID Valid values 1 63 characters Type Mandatory trusted Trust DHCP packets with option 82 Valid values 0 false 1 true Type Mandatory lt pppoeMode gt PPPOE Operation Mode Valid values O transparent 1 relay Type Mandatory 13 6 9 dhcp static ip index create ip mac Configure the Static DHCP IP Mapping Table that is used when
284. r ADSL Annex B Type Mandatory 13 5 14 lineconfprofile interdelay Description Configure interleave delay of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile interdelay lt name gt down up Parameter Name name down up Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory VDSL line downstream maximum interleaver delay Valid values 0 50 Units ms Effective Range 0 50 ms Default value 2 ms Type Mandatory VDSL line upstream maximum interleaver delay Valid values 0 50 Units ms Effective Range 0 50 ms Default value 2 ms Type Mandatory 13 5 15 lineconfprofile linetype Description Configure line type of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile linetype lt name gt lt linetype gt Parameter Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory lt linetype gt VDSL line type Valid values no Channel 1 fast Only 2 interleaved 279 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Only 3 Default value 3 Type Mandatory 13 5 16 lineconfprofile maxpwr Configure maximum aggregate power level of a VDSL line configuration profile Syntax lineconfprofile maxpwr name down up Parameter Description Name Description name Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory down VDSL line downstream maximum power Valid values 0 6375 Units 0 01 dBm Step 0 2
285. r unmanaged state XDSL LOF XDSL Loss Of Framing XDSL LOS XDSL Loss Of Signal XDSL LOSQ XDSL Loss Of Signal Quality XDSL LOL XDSL Loss Of Link XDSL INIT FAILURE XDSL Init Failure XDSL ESE XDSL Excessive Severely Errored Seconds XDSL NCD SLOW XDSL No Cell Delineation on the slow channel XDSL LCD SLOW XDSL Loss of Cell Delineation on the slow channel XDSL NCD FAST XDSL No Cell Delineation on the fast channel XDSL LCD FAST XDSL Loss of Cell Delineation on the fast channel XDSL LOF FE XDSL FE Loss Of Framing XDSL LPR FE XDSL FE Loss Of Power Failure XDSL LOM FE XDSL FE Loss Of Margin XDSL NO PEER PRESENT FE XDSL FE No Peer Present cl 5 64 XDSLLOSFE XDSL FE Loss Of Signal a 2242410 a XDSL_ESE_FE XDSL Excessive Severely Errored Seconds XDSL NCD SLOW FE XDSL FE No Cell Delineation on the slow channel 345 620 XDSL LCD SLOW FE XDSL FE Loss of Cell Delineation on the slow channel 621 XDSL NCD FAST FE XDSL FE No Cell Delineation on the fast channel 622 XDSL LCD FAST FE XDSL FE Loss of Cell Delineation on the fast channel B Event Table Table B 1 Event Table Event ID Event Name Description 1 SYSTEMRESTART System Restart 2 SYSTEMDOWNLOADBEGIN Download Begin SYSTEMDOWNLOADSUCCESS Download Success SYSTEMDOWNLOADFAIL Download Failed 3 4 5 SYSTEMPROVISIONDATAEXPORT Provision Data Exported 6 SYSTEMPROVISIONDATAIMPORT Provision Data Imported
286. raceroute 217 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Print the route packets take to network host Syntax traceroute Parameter Name Description ip Destination IP address Valid values Type Mandatory 218 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 Configure Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Configure Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 3 1 access list Description Enter Access Control List Mode Syntax access list Parameter None 13 3 2 account add Description Add an account only superuser can execute this command account add lt username gt account add lt username gt password lt password gt account add lt username gt password lt password gt comment lt comment gt os account add lt username gt password lt password gt level lt account_level gt account add lt username gt password lt password gt level lt account_level gt comment lt comment gt Parameter Name Description lt username gt Username Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory lt password gt Password Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory lt account_level gt Account Level Valid values superuser enginner guest Type Mandatory lt comment gt Comment Valid values 0 31 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 3 account delete Description Delete an account only superuser can execute this command Syntax account delete lt u
287. rface configuration capable xdsl intf conf VDSL Interface Config VDSL interface configuration capable vdsl intf conf XDSL ATM Bridge XDSL ATM mode bridge port configuration xdsl atm bridge conf Config capable XDSL Packet Bridge XDSL Packet mode bridge port xdsl pos bridge conf Config configuration capable Gigabit Interface Config Gigabit interface configuration capable gb intf conf Gigabit Bridge Config Gigabit bridge configuration capable gb bridge conf Gigabit LA Interface Gigabit LA interface configuration capable gb la intf conf Config Gigabit LA Bridge Gigabit LA bridge configuration capable gb la bridge conf Config Access Control List ACL configuration capable acl conf Traffic Descriptor Config Traffic descriptor configuration capable traf desc conf Priority List Config Priority List configuration capable prio conf Alarm Profile Config Alarm profile configuration capable alarm profile conf Getting help The user can get help by entering a question mark at each position in the command The displayed result depends on the execution mode and previous input 185 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 12 7 Terminal Key Function Following is the list of all the terminal keys and their function Table 0 2 List of Terminal Keys ENTER Run CLI config script CTRL M TAB Tab completion If tab is pressed after
288. rid 5 i oue imd ceci eu 270 13 4 5 line port phone lt string gt 271 VDSL Interface Config Mode 272 13 5 1 linealarmconfprofile ne 15 272 13 5 2 linealarmconfprofile fe 15min esse 272 13 5 3 linealarmconfprofile ne 14 273 13 5 4 linealarmconfprofile 140 273 13 5 5 linealarmconfprofile 274 13 5 6 linealarmconfprofile active create delete notinservice 274 13 5 7 lineconfprofile active create delete notinservice 274 13 6 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 5 8 lineconfprofile bandcfg iere innt itte tt Pens 275 13 5 9 lineconfprofile bandplan 276 13 5 10 lineconfprofile datarate 276 13 5 11 lineconfprofile 278 13 5 12 lineconfprofile downpsdtone sess 278 13 5 13 lineconfprofile 2 21 278 13 5 14 linecontprofile interdelay eg ete oo eitis 279 13 5 15 lineconfprofile 279 13 5 16 lineconfprofile maxpwr
289. riority able Source IP Type in the IP address of the coming source MASK Type in the subnet mask Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority table you want to view No range 1 200 Once you have selected the row number range click on Query this button to retrieve VLAN priority information in the Once you have selected the row number range click on Delete this button to delete the rows in the priority table 61 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt Destination VLAN Destination Priority Remark Previous Command Result Success vPRI Remark 31 Destination NextNo 2 Interface From 4 vo 4 Priority Out ga Create Destination 0 7 0 O 0 MASK O 0 0 O No From 1 To ER Query Delete No Interfaces Destination ADDRESS Subnet Mask Outgoing Vlan Priority 1 5 17 16 5 21 111255 8 255 0 255 B 7 Table 0 15 VLAN Priority Remark Setup IP Destination Label Description Type in the range of interface index you want to create The value of interface index is 1 219 Click on the drop down list and select the outgoing VLAN priority 0 7 Click on this button to create a new row in the priority table Type in the IP address of the destination Priority Out Create Destination IP MASK Type in the subnet mask Type in the range of rows in the VLAN Priority tabl
290. rmon alarm index rising threshold lt number gt 246 13 3 128 rmon alarm _1 246 13 3 129 rmon alarm startup alarm 247 13 3 130 rmon alarm index variable type index numbers 247 13 3 131 rmon event index community lt community gt 248 13 3 132 rmon event lt index gt delete 21 4 4 1121 248 13 3 133 rmon event index description lt description gt 248 13 3 134 rmon event index owner lt gt 249 13 3 135 rmon event index type both log none trap 249 13 3 136 rmon history index buckets requested numbers 249 13 3 137 rmon history lt index gt 2 2 2 1 2 250 13 3 138 rmon history lt index gt ifc SITGE iiio Indo clt tatio ast nero 250 13 3 139 rmon history index interval lt gt 250 13 3 140 rmon history index owner lt gt 251 13 3 141 rmon statistic lt index gt 22224 4 4 2 251 13 3 142 rmon statistic lt index gt ifc lt ifc gt Luis eiim oue cape 251 13 3 1
291. rofile index priority Configure a specific priority settings of a line bridge port VPMT profile Default setting is Priority QueuePriority DenyMode 0 1 3 0 1 1 3 0 Description 2 1 3 0 3 1 3 0 4 1 3 0 5 1 3 0 6 1 3 0 7 1 3 0 linevpmtprofile index priority priority trafdesc queue priority Syntax deny Parameter Name Description index Profile Index Valid values 2 24 Type Mandatory priority VLAN Priority Valid values 0 7 241 VDSL2 IP DSLAM lt trafdesc gt lt deny gt 13 3 111 management gbe Type Mandatory Traffic Profile Index Valid values 1 16 Type Mandatory queue priority Queue Priority Valid values 0 2 for non WFQ 3 for WFQ Type Mandatory Deny Mode Valid values 0 1 4 Type Mandatory Description Configure inband management channel settings Syntax management gbe lt ip gt lt netmask gt Parameter Name Description lt ip gt IP address for inband management channel Default value 192 168 5 3 Type Mandatory lt netmask gt Netmask Default value 255 255 255 0 Type Optional 13 3 112 management gbe vian lt priority gt 13 3 113 management mgmt Description Configure inband VLAN ID and priority Syntax management gbe vlan lt vlanid gt lt priority gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 0 no limit Default value 0 Type
292. runtime config and set to new active DB Current Database Status MEMORY WRITE SUCCESS ET 140 VDSL2 IP DSLAM After you click on Submit the system starts to write runtime configuration to flash The Current Database Status shows Memory write in progress While configuration is saved successfully Current Database Status will show Memory write success and you will see the filename you save if you have specified appear in the Set active inband DB Set active general DB Database Control Action Current Database Status WRITE SUCCESS Sorat 141 VDSL2 IP DSLAM B Choose another DB C Choose another DB and restart These two options allow you to restore inband configuration and control plane configuration other general configuration by setting another restoration database active Click on Set active inband DB and Set active general DB drop down list to select the database you wa nt to restore There are up to 16 inband and general databases respectively for you to select Click on Submit button For action C a confirming dialog box will appear o Memory write in has finished n screen click Yes to continue Current Database Status will show progress For action C the system will restart once the memory write Database Control Action B Choose another DB General DB iei Boot
293. rval Sets the polling interval in seconds that SNTP client will sync with a designated SNTP server SNTP Server address Sets the dedicated unicast server IP address for which the SNTP client can synchronize its time Modify Click on this button to apply the modification 27 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 9 User Administration This option allows you to administer accounts for users who access the DSLAM Note that this option is for super user only From the System menu click on User Administration Click on Select drop down list and select a page to display The following page is displayed User Administration Command Result Normal Selact Page of4 No 1 108 v New Delete Modify User Name Access Level Comment P7931 admin Super User Table 0 6 User Administration Label Description User Name Shows the name of the user up to 32 characters The available access levels include SUPERUSER ENGINEER and GUEST Comment Description about the user account up to 31 characters Click on this button to create a new user account You will enter the following page Access Level Access GUEST User Name Testl New Password Comment Once you have typed in all the information for the new user click on the Apply button Click on the radio button on the leftmost column of the user Delete or Modify table to sele
294. s Server 100 162 J 1 Log Size ie KBytes Table 0 1 SYS Log Server Setup Label Description Current Server IP This field shows the IP address of current Sys Log server Change Server Address Type in the new IP address of Sys Log server The server must be a remote host in the maximum size of the log file for SysLog 16 1024 Log Size Kbytes 9 vere Modify To change SYS Log server setting click on this button once you have typed in new parameter values Click on this drop down list and select Start to start sending Action the Syslog messages to the server or Stop to stop sending the Syslog messages to the server 138 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 8 2 Database This option allows you to import export the configuration data The configuration database of VC 2402 contains two kinds of database inband database and general database Inband database contains configuration for the inband channel and it is shared by two boot images no matter which booting point you choose the inband configuration keeps the same General database contains other configuration From the Maintenance menu click on Database The following page is displayed Select the database configuration action you want to perform Database Configuration Database Control Action 15 2007 1122 09 56 15 8 2 2007 11 20 09 0725 15 2007 1122 09 56 15 S Current Database Status WRIT
295. s direction Valid values 1 128 Default value 1 Type Mandatory Rate limit policer index for ingress direction Valid values 1 128 Default value 1 Type Mandatory 332 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 13 Traffic Descriptor Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Traffic Descriptor Mode include the commands in section 0 section 0 except configure command and the commands in this section 13 13 1 cir index cir polling lt cbs gt Description Create a CIR Ethernet Traffic Descriptor cir index cir polling lt cbs gt Syntax Parameter Name index cir Description Index Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory Committed Information Rate Valid values 1000000 100000000 units bps Default value 0 Type Mandatory polling Polling Mode Speed cbs Valid values 1000000 100000000 0x80000000 auto units bps Default value Type Mandatory Committed Burst Size Valid values 0 OXFFFFFFFF units bps Default value 0 Type Mandatory 13 13 2 cireir lt index gt lt cir gt lt cir_polling gt lt cbs gt lt eir gt lt ebs gt Description Create a CIR amp EIR Ethernet Traffic Descriptor cireir index cir cir polling lt cbs gt eir lt ebs gt Syntax Parameter Name index cir Description Index Valid values 2 16 Type Mandatory Committed Information Rate Valid values 1000000 100000000 units bps
296. sable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory tag Egress tagged VLAN Type Mandatory untag Egress untagged VLAN Type Mandatory isolation Enable default vlan port isolation Type Mandatory isolation disable Disable default vlan port isolation Type Mandatory 297 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 6 26 vlan mode Description Set VLAN mode to Non TLS QinQ or TLS transparent LAN service Syntax vlan mode non tls q in q tls Parameter None 13 6 27 vlan regen incoming outgoing Description Configure priority re generation Syntax vlan regen incoming outgoing Parameter Name Description incoming Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory outgoing Outgoing VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 6 28 vlan regen incoming disable Description Disable priority re generation Syntax vlan regen incoming disable Parameter Name Description incoming Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 6 29 vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt uplinkBP one to one Create a one to one VLAN translation entry including Replaced Reserved Stacking Stacking and Replaced mode vlan translation index create lt userVlanid gt lt uplinkBP gt one to one replaced lt uplinkVlanid gt priority replaced replaced priority priority reserved Descripti
297. sconvFT VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or Ve Annex B VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT or VDSL2 Annex B 998Exx EU SwissconvFT VDSL2 Annex B 998ADExx EU DT Line OpMode VDSL2 Frequency plan ETSI 1 1 ETSI M2 EX P1 115 VDSL2 IP DSLAM uso 87 1 997 1 Deom E E pL B7 2 997 M1x M 8 8832 997 138 8500 ALL TONES ON ALL TONES ON M 26K TO 276K V43 A43 8A 8B 8C 8D Annex B 997 EU Te B7 3 997 Mtx M M 12000 997 138 12000 4K Tones ALL TONES TONES M 26K TO 276K V43 A43 12 997Exx EU Te V43 A43 7E B7 4 997 M2x M 8 997 138 8500 ALL TONES ON ALL TONES M 26K TO 276K orV43 8A 8B 8C 8D 7 e B43 EU Telecom Italia aa VDSL2 Annex B 997 57 5 o97 u2x A AK 7 ALL TONES TONES ON ANNEX A 26K TO 138 V43 A43 1 EU T m ETSI M2 EX P2 V43 7E B7 6 997 M2x M 997 138 12000 4K Tones ALL TONES ON ALL TONES M 26K TO 276K or V43 17A Saami B43 EU Telecom Italia 7 9 sererratzeA 998 138 17000 4K Tones ALL TONES ON ALL TONES ON ANNEX A 26K TO 138K V43 A43 M2 EX I VDSL2 Annex B 997Exx js not supported Bandplan is only for reference Provided bandplan is notthe only choice 116 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 2 VDSL PSD Configuration 5 2 11 Downstream PSD This option allows you to s
298. scription Configure script delay Syntax setenv script delay delay Parameter Name Description delay Script Delay Valid values 1 OXFFFFFFFF ms Type Mandatory 13 3 156 setenv pagefilter Configure Page Filter Description Page Filter for waiting the operator to hit a key when the output lines reach the number of rows of the terminal The default value is enabled for interactive users and disabled when executing a CLI script f Syntax setenv pagefilter enabled Parameter Name Description enabled Enable Page Filter Valid values O disable 1 enable Type Mandatory 13 3 157 setenv show date time in prompt Description Enable disable showing Date Time in Prompt Syntax setenv show date time in prompt enabled Parameter Name Description enabled Show Date Time in Prompt Valid values O disable 1 enable Type Mandatory 256 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 158 snmp index community Configure a SNMP community read only or read write Our system has a default SNMP community public read write Syntax snmp index community rw name Parameter Description Name Description index Index Valid values 1 32 Type Mandatory name Community name Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory 13 3 159 snmp index community delete Description Delete SNMP community Syntax snmp index community delete Parameter Name Description index Index Valid
299. sername gt Parameter Name Description lt username gt Username Valid values 31 characters Type Mandatory 219 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 4 account modify Description Syntax Parameter 13 3 5 aging Description Syntax Parameter Modify an account only superuser can execute this command account modify username account modify username comment comment account modify username level account level account modify username level account level comment comment account modify username password password account modify username password password comment comment account modify username password password level account level account modify username password password level account level comment comment Name Description username Username Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory password Password Valid values 1 31 characters Type Mandatory account level Account Level Valid values superuser enginner guest Type Mandatory comment Comment Valid values 0 31 characters Type Mandatory Set Bridge aging time aging time Name Description time Aging time Valid values 10 600 seconds Default value 300 sec Type Mandatory 13 3 6 alarm aco active Description Syntax Set alarm ACO active alarm aco active Parameter None 220 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 7 alarm event clear alarm event
300. splay all Type Mandatory 13 2 71 show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlin Description Show DELT data Hlin of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlin portNo index Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory index Carrier Group Index Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 2 72 show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlinscale Description Show DELT data HlinScale of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlinscale lt portNo gt index Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory index Carrier Group Index Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 2 73 show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlog Description Show DELT data Hlog of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt hlog portNo index Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory index Carrier Group Index Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 206 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 74 show interface xdsl vdsl delt params Description Show DELT parameters of VDSL ports Syntax show interface xdsl vdsl delt params lt portNo gt Parameter Name Description portNo VDSL Port number Valid values 1 24 0 display all Type Mandatory 13 2 75 show interface xdsl vdsl delt qin Description Show DELT data
301. t XDSL line information to default Syntax default xdsl line info Parameter None 13 3 72 default xdsl vdsl config Description Bind all xdsl port to DEFVAL and disable all port Syntax default xdsl vdsl config Parameter None 13 3 73 default xdsl vdsl linealarmconfprofile Description Delete all configured VDSL line alarm configuration profile Syntax default xdsl vdsl linealarmconfprofile Parameter None 13 3 74 default xdsl vdsl lineconfprofile Description Delete all configured VDSL line configuration profile Syntax default xdsl vdsl lineconfprofile Parameter None 13 3 75 default access list ipallow Description Delete all IP Allow ACL entries Syntax default access list ipallow Parameter None 231 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 76 default dhcp server profile Description Delete all configured DHCP server profiles Syntax default dhcp server profile Parameter None 13 3 77 default outband route Description Set outband routes to default Syntax default outband route Parameter None 13 3 78 dhcp pppoe global Description Configure DHCP PPPOE global parameters Syntax dhcp pppoe global mode lt submode gt type lt name gt Parameter Name Description mode DHCP mode Valid values 0 transparent 1 relay 3 DHCP server Default value 0 Type Mandatory lt submode gt DHCP sub option Valid values 0 circuit ID only 1 agent ID only 2 both Default value 0 Type Mandatory lt type gt Circuit I
302. t ipprotocol 192 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Description Show IP protocol list show access list ipprotocol syntax show access list ipprotocol index Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 2 10 show access list iwpolicer Description Show Rate Limit Profiles show access list iwpolicer Parameter None 13 2 11 show access list l4dstport Description Show L4 destination port list show access list l4dstport Syntax show access list l4dstport index Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 2 12 show access list mcfldrate Description Show Multicast rate limiting list show access list mcfldrate Syntax show access list mcfldrate lt vlanid gt Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 2 13 show access list netbios Description Show NetBIOS list show access list netbios Parameter None 193 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 14 show access list srcip Description Show Source IP address list show access list srcip Syntax show access list srcip index Parameter Name Description index Index Valid values 1 200 Type Mandatory 13 2 15 show access list srcmac Description Show Source MAC address list show access list srcmac Syntax show access list srcmac index Parameter Name Description lt index gt Index Valid values 1
303. tate Label Description Cluster ID The ID of the NE in the Cluster This field shows current state of the cluster Possible states include Cluster State IDLE REINIT DISCOVERING REQUESTING VOTING UNMANAGED SLAVE and MASTER This field shows the failure condition when a failure occurs in the Cluster Failure lis Possible failure states include NONE Master Duplication Out of Capacity and Name Duplication Refer to Appendix A Alarm Table for description of these failure conditions Member Count This field shows the count of cluster members 177 Appendix A Alarm Table B Event Table 179 180 178 Appendix A Alarm Table Table A 1 Alarm ID Alarm Name 101 SYS HOUSEKEEP1 102 5 5 HOUSEKEEP2 103 SYS_HOUSEKEEP3 104 SYS 4 105 5 5 FAN 106 5 5 SELFTESTFAILED 107 SYS ABOVETEMP 108 SYS BELOWTEMP 109 SYS_PIV 201 LOS 301 Cluster MasterDuplication 302 Cluster MasterOutOfCapacity 303 Cluster_HostUnmanaged 601 XDSL_LOF 602 XDSL_LOS 603 XDSL_LOSQ 604 XDSL_LOL 605 XDSL DATA INIT FAILURE 606 XDSL CONFIG INIT FAILURE 607 51 PROTOCOL INIT FAILURE 608 XDSL ESE 609 XDSL_NCD_SLOW 610 XDSL LCD SLOW 611 XDSL NCD FAST 612 XDSL LCD FAST 613 XDSL LOF FE 614 XDSL LOS FE 615 XDSL LPR FE 616 XDSL LOSQ FE 617 Es NO PEER VTU PRESENT F 618 XDSL ESE FE 621 XDSL FAST FE 622 XDSL LCD FAST FE Alarm T
304. tem will change the user port s C Tag to the Uplink port s S Tag And the mapping is one to one that is one user port s C Tag one VID can only translate to one uplink port s S Tag one VID and vice versa For example for ADSL Port1 PVC1 if ADSL VID 5 translates to GIGA1 VID 1 then you cannot make ADSL VID 5 translate to another GIGA VID You also cannot make another ADSL VID translate to GIGA VID1 Upstream C Tag User port Uplink port S Tag Downstream S Tag Uplink port User port C Tag 70 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 Stacking In this mode the system will add S TAG before user port s C TAG Note that the mapping from C Tag to S Tag C Tag is still one to one So a user port s C Tag can t be used for another translation rule as well as an uplink port s S Tag C Tag Upstream C Tag User port Uplink port S Tag C Tag Downstream S Tag C Tag Uplink port User port C Tag Stacking and Replaced In this mode the system will replace the user port s C Tag to C Tag and add S Tag before C Tag Note that the mapping from C Tag to S Tag C Tag is still one to one So a user port s C Tag can t be used for another translation rule as well as an uplink port s S Tag C Tag Upstream C Tag User port Uplink port gt S Tag C Tag Downstream S Tag C Tag gt Uplink port User port gt C Tag Area for creating a new VLAN Translation Index Physical Port UserV
305. ter Description Show Ethernet packet counter show interface counter Parameter None 13 2 43 show interface gigabit lt portNo gt bridge Description Show bridge information Syntax show interface gigabit lt portNo gt bridge Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt Port number Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 199 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 44 show interface gigabit lt portNo gt counter Description Show Gigabit Ethernet counter Syntax show interface gigabit lt portNo gt counter Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt Port number Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 13 2 45 show interface gigabit lt portNo gt stp Description Show STP information Syntax show interface gigabit lt portNo gt stp Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt Port number Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 13 2 46 show interface gigabit lt portNo gt vlan Description Show VLAN information Syntax show interface gigabit portNo vlan Parameter Name Description lt portNo gt Port number Valid values 1 2 Type Mandatory 13 2 47 show interface gigabit bridge Description Show bridge information Syntax show interface gigabit bridge Parameter None 13 2 48 show interface gigabit counter Description Show Gigabit Ethernet counter Syntax show interface gigabit counter Parameter None 200 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 2 49 show interface gigabit la bridge Description Show bridge information Sy
306. ter Name Description vpi VPI value Valid values 0 255 Type Mandatory vci VCI value Valid values 32 65535 21 Type Mandatory pvc encapsulation llc vemux Description Configure AALS encapsulation type pvc encapsulation llc Syntax encapsulation vcmux Parameter Name Description RFC 1483 LLC Bridge type Type Mandatory vcmux RFC 1483 VCMux Bridge type Type Mandatory trafdesc index Description Set traffic descriptor Syntax pvc trafdesc index Parameter Name Description index Traffic descriptor index Valid values 1 16 296 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Type Mandatory 13 6 23 ratelimit index Description Set rate limit policer index Syntax ratelimit lt egress gt lt ingress gt Parameter Name Description lt egress gt Rate limit policer index for egress direction Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory lt ingress gt Rate limit policer index for ingress direction Valid values 1 128 Type Mandatory 13 6 24 vlan lt vlanid gt disable Description Delete VLAN member set Syntax vlan lt vlanid gt disable Parameter Name Description lt vlanid gt VLAN ID Valid values 1 4094 Type Mandatory 13 6 25 vlan Description Configure VLAN member set setting vlan lt vlanid gt tag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt tag isolation disable Syaa vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation vlan lt vlanid gt untag isolation di
307. tic Parameter None 13 3 59 default snmp all Description Set all SNMP configuration to default Syntax default snmp all Parameter None 13 3 60 default snmp community Description Set SNMP community configuration to default Syntax default snmp community Parameter None 13 3 61 default snmp notify Description Set SNMP notify configuration to default Syntax default snmp notify Parameter None 229 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 62 default snmp target Description Set SNMP target configuration to default default snmp target 13 3 63 default sntp Description Set SNTP configuration to default default sntp 13 3 64 default stp Description Set STP configuration to default default stp 13 3 65 default syslog Description Set Syslog configuration to default default syslog 13 3 66 default system config Description Set System Config to default default system config 13 3 67 default system info Description Set System Information to default default system info 13 3 68 default temperature Description Set temperature configuration to default default temperature 230 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 3 69 default trafdesc Description Delete all configured traffic descriptors Syntax default trafdesc Parameter None 13 3 70 default vpmt Description Set trunk bridge port VLAN priority mapping to default Syntax default vpmt Parameter None 13 3 71 default xdsl line info Description Se
308. tion 3 10 Login Users List 3 11 Operational Interface 3 12 System Restart VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 1 Box Information The Box Information page the default page you ll see after you login the web configuration tool contains information about the access level of current login user system HW SW FW version GBE interface status LED status 5 5 and ALM circuit operational status ON OFF and hardware alarm status From the System menu click on Box Information The following page is displayed Box Information Access Level SuperUser System Version pwc Ewo Fw22531083 NT Trunk Card LED State prsckeew BELOFF 6 GBE1 BpLiakMode Uplink Speed DOWN GBE2 BpliakMode Upliak Speed DOWN S per Jom Jom Jom Jom Port 9 16 pr pr o o jpr jer jer jer Port 17 24 rr pr jr or jr Hardware Alarm postera prr m Temperature Above Below Figure 0 1 Box Information Page VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 2 System Information The System Information page allows you to setup the name of the system the contact of the system and the location of the system From the System menu click on System Information The following page is displayed System Contact Information Previous Command Result Normal Modify System Name System Location MkOfie System Contact fesse
309. tion will not take effect Admin Stage Click on the drop down list and select the Administrative status ON or OFF Op Status This field shows current operational status of the circuit Click on the drop down list and select the xDSL configuration Contig te rons profile to bind with the circuit Click on the drop down list and select the xDSL alarm profile Alarm Profile to bind with the circuit PortlD Type in the line identifier PhoneNumber Type in the phone number of this line Description Type in any comment of this line 23 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 5 System Inventory This option allows you to view the system inventory such as Power Type DC AC Splitter Type Serial Number FW SW module version etc From the System menu click on System Inventory The following page is displayed System Inventory System Information Power Type DC 24 Temperature Hardened Industrial VLR Support Supported Filter Type POTS VDSL Band 6 Bands Maximum Hardware Version CPLD Version 83 Splitter Type No splitter Boot Loader Version 12 9 Firmware Version 2 25 1 0 7133 Software Version 0 05 Modelifo Module Version FWAPI Module Version 1 0 4 9 SNMP Module Version R3 0 v1 0 SNTP Module Version 1 0 OAMP Module Version 30075 VDSLMGR Module Version 225 IVDSLMGR EMU Module Version 2 1 0 18 Module Versi
310. tm tables cer thee ee 188 13 1 5 188 13 1 6 list command tree 188 132127 2 189 13 1 8 list 189 13 129 189 13 1 10 Pro dE 189 13 2 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 1 11 ShoW env ere RP 189 131 A2 SNOW NISO Y Pn 189 13 1 13 8 TIME i trn did 189 13 1 14 show ptilTie ied er vea 190 13 1 15 show version coiere 190 13 1 16 Sl66D eroe oe ka eee docs S rear 190 13 1 17 190 Enable Mode Commands 191 13 2 T cl ster fargel Id ore a Ae 191 13 2 2 0 191 EA ROT eI TE 191 EVER RENE 191 T3227 5 DIDI thea fot Ese e adis aa aaa s s n Asas 191 13 2 6 show access list arpbcastl eenn 192 13 2
311. tu Present MN UnMask C 1618 XDSL_ESE_FE MN 69 XOSL SLOW FE MN UnMask 620 XDSL LCD SLOW FE feen ponerse 1622 XDSL LCD FAST FE MN UnMask 153 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 9 3 Hardware Temperature This page allows you to View current system temperature set several temperature and time thresholds see description in the following table From the Maintenance menu click on Fault Management and then Hardware Temp The following page is displayed Hardware Temperature Previous Command Result Normal Modify Query Default Up Shift Up Shift Down Shift Down Shift Fan ON C Time Sec TH C Time Sec TH C F m m m If current temperature exceeds descends Up Down Shift Threshold Alarm Manager will declare that there 1s a high lower temperature alarm after Up Down ShiftTime seconds If exceeded the Alarm Manager also turn module on after Fan shift Time Table 0 4 Temperature Configuration Label Description Modif Click on this button to apply the modification once you y have entered all the new threshold values Query Click on this button to query most recent status Click on this button to set the parameters to default Default value Current CPU This field shows the current CPU temperature Current DSL This field shows the current DSL temperature The syst
312. two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this Device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CE mark Warning The is a class A device In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures Trademarks The PLANET logo is a trademark of PLANET Technology This documentation may refer to numerous hardware and software products by their trade names In most if not all cases these designations are claimed as trademarks or registered trademarks by their respective companies WEEE Warning To avoid the potential effects on the environment and human health as a result of the presence of hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment end users of electrical and electronic equipment should understand the meaning of the crossed out wheeled bin symbol Do not dispose of WEEE as unsorted municipal waste and have to collect such WEEE separately Safety This equipment is designed with the utmost care for the safety of those who install and use it However special attention must be paid to the dangers of electric shock and static electricity when working with electrical equipment All guidelines of this and of the computer manufacture must therefore be allowed at all times to ensure the safe use of the equipment Revision User s Manual for PLANET VDSL2 IP DSLAM
313. ues 256 Type Mandatory Remark VLAN priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory Bridge Port Valid values G1 gigabit bridge port 1 G2 gigabit bridge port 2 LA gigabit bridge LA 337 Medium Drop High Drop Low Drop Medium Drop High Drop Low Drop Medium Drop High Drop Description Disable a Differentiate Service VLAN priority remark entry ds lt index gt disable Name Description Description Configure a destination IP address VLAN priority remark entry dstip lt index gt lt prio gt lt bport gt lt ip gt lt netmask gt VDSL2 IP DSLAM ip netmask 13 14 4 dstip index disable Parameter Description Disable a destination IP address VLAN priority remark entry Syntax dstip index disable XDSL lt port gt lt bport gt XDSL port 1 24 bridge port 1 9 Input is not case sensitive Type Mandatory Destionation IP address Type Mandatory Netmask Type Mandatory Index Valid values 1 256 Type Mandatory 13 14 5 dstmac index prio lt bport gt lt mac gt Parameter Name index prio lt bport gt lt mac gt 13 14 6 dstmac lt index gt disable Description Configure a destination MAC address VLAN priority remark entry Syntax dstmac lt index gt lt prio gt lt bport gt lt mac gt Description Index Valid values 256 Type Mandatory Remark VLAN priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory Bridg
314. ult VLAN port isolation Type Mandatory 13 9 15 vlan regen incoming outgoing Description Configure priority re generation Syntax vlan regen incoming outgoing Parameter Name Description incoming Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory outgoing Outgoing VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 315 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 9 16 vlan regen incoming disable Description Disable priority re generation Syntax vlan regen incoming disable Parameter Name Description incoming Incoming VLAN priority value Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 9 17 vpmt pass deny Description Allow or deny VLAN priority vpmt deny lt vlan priority gt Ponta vpmt pass lt vlan priority gt Parameter Name Description lt vlan priority gt VALN Priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory 13 9 18 vpmt priority Configure VLAN priority mapping Default setting is VLAN Priority QueuePriority 0 3 1 3 Description 2 2 3 2 4 1 5 1 6 0 7 0 Syntax vpmt priority lt vlan priority gt lt queue priority gt Parameter Name Description lt vlan priority gt VALN Priority Valid values 0 7 Type Mandatory lt queue priority gt Queue Priority Valid values 0 3 Type Mandatory 316 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 10 Gigabit LA Interface Config Mode Commands Commands that can be executed under Gigabit LA Interface Config Mode inc
315. um PSD Valid values 1400 135 Units 0 1 dBm Hz Step 0 5 dBm Hz Effective Range 140 0 13 5 dBm Hz Default value 41 00 dBm Hz 13 5 27 lineconfprofile uppbok1 Configure upstream power backoff K1 of a VDSL line configuration profile Description K1 and K2 parameters allow the user more flexibility in using Upstream Power Back Off UPBO on CPE modem Changing K1 and K2 values will affect the CPE Tx PSD Please refer to VDSL standards for exact 285 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Syntax Parameter relation between K1 K2 parameters and Tx PSD There is a set of K1 K2 parameters associated with each upstream band in PSD Upstream Band 0 or Optional band Upstream band 1 Upstream band 2 Upstream band 3 Upstream band4 and Upstream Band 5 Setting all K2 parameters to 0 and all K1 to a high power level ie low number will essentially disable UPBO lineconfprofile uppbok1 lt name gt index lt k1 gt Name name index k1 Description Profile Name Valid values 1 32 characters Type Mandatory Index 0 opt 1 US1 2 US2 3 US3 4 US4 5 US5 Valid values 0 5 vdslLineConfUpPboK1 Valid values 1000000 100000 Units 0 001 dBm Hz Effective Range 1000 100 dBm Hz Default value OPT 0 dBm Hz US1 60000 dBm Hz US2 6000 dBm Hz US3 60000 dBm Hz US4 0 dBm Hz USS 0 dBm Hz 13 5 28 lineconfprofile uppbok2 Description Syntax Parameter Configure upstream power ba
316. um downstream data rate for fast channel Fast Max Data Rate Upstream Type in the Maximum upstream data rate for fast channel Fast Min Data Rate Upstream Type in Minimum upstream data rate for fast channel Slow Max Data Rate Downstream Type in the Maximum downstream data rate for slow channel Slow Min Data Rate Downstream Type in Minimum downstream data rate for slow channel Slow Max Data Rate Upstream Type in the Maximum upstream data rate for slow channel Slow Min Data Rate Upstream Type in Minimum upstream data rate for slow channel Overhead Data Rate Downstream Type in the downstream overhead data rate Overhead Data Rate Upstream Type in upstream overhead data rate DownMaximumPSD Type in the downstream maximum PSD UpMaximumPSD Type in the upstream maximum PSD DownMaxPwr Type in the downstream maximum power UpMaxPwr Type in the upstream maximum power DownMaxSnrMgn Type in the downstream maximum SNR margin DownMinSnrMgn Type in the downstream minimum SNR margin DownTargetSnrMgn Type in the downstream target SNR margin UpMaxSnrMgn Type in the upstream maximum SNR margin UpMinSnrMgn Type in the upstream minimum SNR margin UpTargetSnrMgn Type in the upstream target SNR margin DownMaxlnterDelay Type in the downstream maximum interleaver delay UpMaxlnterDelay Type in the upstream maximum interleaver
317. ut Band Subnet Mask Type in the out band subnet mask of the DSLAM Gateway Type in the out band IP address of the gateway Inband VID The VLAN ID for individual in band management VLAN 0 means disable the feature Priority in the VLAN priority level 0 7 of the in band management traffic sent out from GBE port 21 VDSL2 IP DSLAM Gigabit Ethernet Speed Configuration Click on the drop down list and select the speed Contig Status mode of the trunk port OpState This field shows the operational state of the trunk interfaces Click on the drop down list and select the cable mode for trunk port Options are Fiber First when both optical and electrical uplinks are connected optical interface is chosen to transport data Copper First when both optical and electrical uplinks ara aannantad alantringl intarfann in ahanan t Determine First Shows current HTTP port setting for Web access EIE EON You can modify http port setting in this field MGMT Speed Shows current speed mode of the MGMT port Shows the IP address of the management PC R te ADDR SS currently connected to this DLSAM System Name Shows the name of the server DSLAM Modify Click on this button to apply the modification 22 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 3 4 LT Circuit Setup This option allows you to setup the service status of the line ports and to bind the sel
318. values 1 24 Type Mandatory 13 7 13 ingress disable enable Description Set ingress filter mode ingress disable ingress enable Parameter Name Description disable Disable ingress filter Type Mandatory enable Enable ingress filtery Type Mandatory Syntax 13 7 14 isolation Description Configure default VLAN port isolation isolation isolation disable Parameter Name Description disable Disable default vlan port isolation Type Mandatory 304 Syntax VDSL2 IP DSLAM 13 7 15 link mode uplink user Description Configure link mode link mode uplink link mode user Parameter None 13 7 16 mac learning Description Enable disable mac learning ability for a bridge port mac learning enable disable Parameter None 13 7 17 max mac Description Configure port based maximum MAC addresses max mac value Syntax max mac default Parameter Name Description value Number of MAC addresses Valid values 0 512 Type Mandatory default Set to default value 16 Type Mandatory 13 7 18 priority force Description Configure Priority Force Mode priority force disable priority force ingress priority force egress priority force both Parameter Syntax Name Description disable Disable Priority Force Type Mandatory ingress Enable Priority Force for ingress Type Mandatory egress Enable Priority Force for egress Type Mandatory both Enable Priority
319. warding that forces upstream traffic to the specific gateway by means of replying upstream ARP request with MAC address of default gateway Secure Forwarding Previous Command Result Normal Submit Secured Forwarding Disable Default Gateway MAC FFFFFFFFFFIF DefaultGateway Port Configuration Query Table Query Page Number 1 Modify Physical Port Learn DHCP Default Gateway MAC Select to modify cL Poa igued v FFFFFFFFFFFF Modify Preconfi jgwed FFFFFFFFFFFF Modify Table 0 3 Secured Forwarding Setup Label Description Secure Forwarding Select to enable disable Secured Forwarding Default Gateway MAC Type in the MAC address of the default gateway Query Table Query Page Number Select the page to be displayed This field shows the physical line port number and ATM PVC number for ADSL mode Click on the drop down list and select the way of setting default gateway MAC address Preconfigured manual configuration LeanByDHCP learned from DHCP snooping Default Gateway MAC This field shows current MAC address of default gateway Click on the checkbox to select the entry you want to modify before you click on Modify button Modify Click on this button to apply the modification Physical Port Learn By DHCP Select to modify 35 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 4 4 Interface Setup 4 4 4 P
320. wires without affecting the conventional voice service by 24 subscriber ports with built in POTS splitter The PLANET VDSL2 IP DSLAM is the perfect solution for NSP with cost effective and high value central management capability Central office Home Data Internet e 0 u D 1 RN DSLAM vcn IPTV VOD VC 2402 VOOO fase SX LX Fiber opt OIP Vi VOOBase TX UTP 1 4 Outlook Front Panel Bono i VC 2402 VDSL2 IP DSLAM LED on RJ 45 VC 2402 48 Definition LED Description SFP1 LINK To indicate the mini GBIC trunk port link status SFP2 LINK SFP1 ACT To indicate the mini GBIC trunk port data traffic status SFP2 ACT GBE1 Speed To indicate the electrical trunk port transmission speed GBE2 Speed orange color LED on the Ethernet port GBE1 Link Act GBE2 Link Act LED on RJ 45 To indicate the electrical trunk port link status green color LED on the Ethernet port MGMT Speed LED on RJ 45 To indicate the transmission speed of the Ethernet management port green color LED on the Ethernet port MGMT Link Act LED on RJ 45 To indicate the link status of the Ethernet management port orange color LED on the Ethernet port SYS To indicate the system operation status ALM To indicate the system alarm status DSL Status To indicate the link status of the subscriber lines
321. x disable 338 13 14 7 srcip index prio lt bport gt ip lt gt 339 13 14 8 srcip index 339 13 14 9 srcmac index prio bport lt gt 339 13 14 10 sremac index disable sese 340 13 14 11 tos index prio bport lt precedence gt 340 13 14 12 tos index disable sse 341 13 14 13 vlanid index prio lt bport gt lt vlanid gt 341 13 14 14 vlanid index 341 13 15 Alarm Profile Config Mode Commands sese 343 13 15 1 alatti dotes tetro a sisa Saa to fondo te cuero LE es 343 Appendix 344 A Alarm Tablets ran eee bd te cuales tim Murus 346 XIV Introduction 1 1 Product Features 1 2 Package Contents 1 3 Application 1 4 Outlook 1 5 Technical Specifications VDSL2 IP DSLAM 1 Introduction Planet VC 2402 is a rack mountable pizza box IP DSLAM It supports two Gigabit Ethernet GbE trunk interfaces and 24 VDSL2 ports ADSL 2 compatible at line side It provides a non blocking solution for the last mile of broadband access to facilitat
322. y IF xDSL Line Initialization Failure NP xDSL Far End No Peer xTUR Present ESE xDSL Excessive Severely Errored Seconds NCDSW xDSL No Cell Delineation on the slow channel LCDSW xDSL Loss of Cell Delineation on the slow channel NCDFT xDSL No Cell Delineation on the fast channel LCDFT xDSL Loss of Cell Delineation on the fast channel 125 VDSL2 IP DSLAM 5 8 VDSL Test This option allows you to perform VDSL loopback test and DELT Dual End Loop Test You can also view the status of VDSL test and query the data of the test result in this page For the VDSL loopback test the system will send a specific data string to VDSL modem and if the data string comes back successfully the loopback test succeeds From the VDSL ADSL menu click on VDSL Test The following page is displayed VDSL Maintenance Previous Command Result Normal Refresh Delt State Activate Activate Carrier HLin Delt amp Band loopback Delt Data Parameter ff WHEL Wren 100675 Physical Port opState Loopback State ai Port 2 ff Greg 0025 ff OUT 80277 ff 1267 RELY 00277 T Hill T Table 0 9 VDSL Test ff JUD 0022511 SUED E Label Description Physical Port This field shows the line port number 1 24 opState This field shows the operational state of the circuit
323. z 1000000 100000 unit 0 001 ug1 15780 0 001 dBm Hz 052110710 0 001 dBm Hz uga 5400 0 001 dBm Hz 05410 0 001 dBm Hz 05510 0 001 dBm Hz dBmiHz step 0 001 dBm Hz Change of K1 and K2 values use more flexibility using UBPO K2 values for higher US bands Select the PSD Mask Tx Band DISABLE DISABLE 2200K BELOW BELOW DISABLE 2200K BELOW Select Tx Config Rx Band Config ALL TONES_ON 107 Select Rx Band Config VDSL2 IP DSLAM ADSL1 ANNEX A ADSL1 ANNEX B 511 ANNEX ADSL2 A ADSL2 ANNEX B ADSL2 PLUS ANNEX ADSL2 PLUS ANNEX B 512 PLUS ANNEX M ADSL2 PLUS ANNEX L VDSL_ANSI vbsL ETSI vDsL ITU 993 1 vbDsL IEEE 802 AH G993 2 8 V iTU G993 2 8B M ITU 6993 2 8C 6993 2 8D M ITU 6993 2 12A ITU 6993 2 128 ITU 6993 2 17 ITU 6993 2 30A ADSL T1E1 ANNEX EU36 IV ANNEX M EU40 M EU44 V ANNEX M EU48 ANNEX M EUS2 ANNEX M EU56 EU60 V ANNEX M EU64 EU32 V ANNEX EU36 EX A EU40 A EU44 EX A EU48 052 056 ANNEX EU60 064 ANNEX 051 ANNEX 059 ANNEX US A ANNEX US selected BITS Iv ANNEX B US B RFI 1810 1825 RFI 1810 2000 RFI 19075 19125 RFI 3500 3575 350

VDSL IPDSLAM - PLANET Technology Corporation.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents